185
FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4 or7 SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654 DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND POWER OF SFUND RECORDSCTR 88131075 THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE AERATION FACILITY AND THE EMISSIONS CONTROL FACILITY IN IN NORTH HOLLYWOOD, CALIFORNIA JUL141987 Bids returnable at 2:00 P.M. on. 00149 75-886222-2 _W/L_ WWH

Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

F O R M I 799 "000048 777265.(Adv. Da

Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior BuyerPhone: (213) A81-4or7-°

SFUNO RECORDS CTR

2166-01654

DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND POWEROF

SFUND RECORDS CTR

88131075THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES

SPECIFICATIONS FOR

CONSTRUCTION OF THE AERATION FACILITY

AND THE EMISSIONS CONTROL FACILITY IN

IN NORTH HOLLYWOOD, CALIFORNIA

JUL141987Bids returnable at 2:00 P.M. on.

00149

75-886222-2 _ W / L _ W W H

Page 2: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFICATIONS

0000048Spec. 7772

PART

A

B

D

E

DIV.

A1

B1B2

C1C1C2C3

D1

E1E2

F1

72F3F4F5F6F7F8

F9

F10F1 1F12F13rmF15F16F17F18F19F20

TITLE

NOTICE INVITING PROPOSALS

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERSSUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS

TO BIDDERS

BIDDING DOCUMENTSBIDDER'S BONDPROPOSALPROPOSAL SCHEDULEDETAILED BID INFORMATION

THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

GENERAL CONDITIONSADDITIONAL GENERALCONDITIONS

DETAILED SPECIFICATIONSSPECIAL CONDITIONS

AERATION CONTROL FACILITY

EARTHWORKDELETEDFENCINGPAINTING AND COATINGCONCRETEREINFORCEMENT STEELSTRUCTURAL STEEL AND

MISCELLANEOUS METALUORKAERATION TOWER AND

ACCESSORIESCHEMICAL STORAGE TANKTESTING AND DISINFECTINGMECHANICAL WORK, GENERALPIPINGVALVESELECTRIC MOTORSCHEMICAL FEEDERSBLOWER E2UIPMENTPLUMBINGFLOW METERSELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL

PAGE NUMBER

A 1 - 1

B1-1 thru B1-5

B2-1 thru B2-3

C1-1C1-2C2-1 thru C2-3C3-1 thru C3-6

D1-1

E1-1 thru E1-11

E2-1 thru E2-2

F1-1 thru F1-9

F2-1 thru F2-4F3-1F4-1 thru F4-2F5-1 thru F5-23F6-1 thru F6-9F7-1 thru F7-2

F8-1 thru F8-3

F9-1 thru F9-6F10-1 thru F10-2F1 1-1 thru F11-3F12-1 thru F12-9F13-1 thru F13-6Fm-1 thru F14-5F15-1 thru F15-HF16-1 thru F16-2F17-1 thru F17-4F18-1 thru F18-2F19-1 thru F19-3F20-1 thru F20-8

-1-

Page 3: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

PART DIV. TITLE PAGE NUMBER

F21 POWER, LIGHTING ANDMISCELLANEOUS F21-1 thru F21-7

F22 MOTOR CONTROL E2UIPMENT F22-1 thru F22-4F23 ARCHITECTURAL-GENERAL F23-1 thru F23-2F24 METAL DOORS F24L1 thru F24-2F2S FINISH HARDWARE F25-1 thru F25-3F26 SHEET METAL WORK F26-1 thru F26-2

EMISSIONS CONTROL FACILITY

F27 GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION F27-1 thru F27-4F28 PROCESS CONTROL F28-1 thru F28-2F29 CONTACTOR AND INTERNALS F29-1 thru F29-4F30 MAJOR EfiUIPMENT F30-1 thru F30-4F31 INSTRUMENTATION F31-1 thru F31-4

-2-

Page 4: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

* > ' t - * . lSpec. 7772

PART A - DIVISION A1

NOTICE INVITING PROPOSALS

The Department of Water and Power, Los Angeles,invites sealed bids for Construction of the Aeration Facilityand the Emissions Control Facility in North Hollywood,California in accordance with Specifications 7772, available inthe office of the Purchasing Agent, Room 606,111 North Hope Street, Los Angeles, California.

Proposals shall be submitted on the Department'sbidding forms. All proposals shall be filed with saidPurchasing Agent at the above address at or before

2:00 p.m. on JUL141987

at which time all proposals will be publicly opened and read.

Each proposal shall be accompanied by a certified orcashier's check or a surety bond as a guarantee that the bidderwill execute the proposed contract if awarded.

Proposals shall be subject to acceptance within aperiod of 60 calendar days after date of bid opening.

The right is reserved to reject any and all proposals.

The successful bidder shall furnish a performance bondand a labor and material payment bond, each equal to 100 percentof the contract amount.

In the performance of any contract awarded, the biddershall not discriminate in employment practices against anyemployee or applicant for employment because of race, religion,national origin, sex, age, or physical handicap.

JAMES F. WICKSERDated: Acting Purchasing Agent

* JUN021987

A1-1

Page 5: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

PART B - DIVISION B1

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1. Form. Signature, and Delivery of the Proposal!The bidder's proposal shall be made on the green copy of theBidding Documents. The Specifications printed on white papershall be retained by the bidder.

The bidder's name/ address/ and the date shall bestated in the proposal. The proposal shall be signed by theperson authorized to bind the bidder.

The proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope/plainly marked in the upper left-hand corner with the name andaddress of the bidder. The envelope shall bear the words"Proposal for"/ followed by the Specifications number/ the titleof the Specifications, and the date and hour of opening bids.

If the proposal is mailed/ it shall be addressed asfollows:

Purchasing AgentDepartment of Water and Powerof the City of Los AngelesP.O. Box 111, Room 606Los Angeles, California 90051

If the proposal is sent by messenger, it shall bedelivered to Room 606, 111 North Hope Street, Los Angeles,California.

2. Affirmative Action Plans = The bidder and eachsubcontractor shall have an Affirmative Action Plan. Each Planshall comply with the requirements of the City of Los Angeles.The bidder's plan shall be submitted with the bid. Plans shouldbe submitted on the City's form, available from the PurchasingAgent.

The successful bidder shall not discriminate inemployment practices against any employee or applicant foremployment because of race, religion/ national origin, ancestry,sex, age, or physical handicap. The applicable provisions ofExecutive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965 and Sections10.8 and 10.13 of the Los Angeles Administrative Code pertainingto nondiscrimination are all incorporated herein and shall beincorporated in subcontracts and purchase orders of thesuccessful bidder.

3. Interpretations and Addenda' Should a bidder finddiscrepancies or omissions in the plans, specifications, or

B1-1

Page 6: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION B1 . INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

other documents, or should there be doubt as to their truemeaning, the bidder shall submit to the Purchasing Agent awritten request for an interpretation or clarification thereof.A request for addenda, interpretation, or clarification shall bedelivered to the Purchasing Agent marked "Request forInterpretation" and shall be received by the Purchasing Agent intime to permit a written response before date of bid opening.Any interpretation of, or change in, the documents will be madeonly by addendum issued to each person to whom specificationshave been issued and shall become a part of any contractawarded. The Department will not be responsible for any otherexplanation or interpretation.

U. Correspondence •• All inquiries or correspondenceto the Department prior to award shall be addressed to thePurchasing Agent.

5. Changes or Alternatives = The bidder shall notchange any wording in the documents. Any explanation oralternatives offered shall be submitted in a letter attached tothe front of the Bidding Documents. Alternatives which do notsubstantially comply with the Department's specifications cannotbe considered. Language of negation or limitation of anyrights, remedies, or warranties "provided by law will not beconsidered part of the proposal. Bids offered subject toconditions or limitations may be rejected.

6. Specified Materials or Equivalent= Whenever anyparticular material or process is specified by a patent orproprietary name, or by a trade or brand name, or by the name ofa manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose ofdescribing the material or process, shall fix the standard ofquality required, and shall be deemed to be followed by thewords "or equivalent". The bidder may offer any material orprocess which shall be the equivalent of that so specified.

7. Unit Price Quantities = For work to be done on aunit price basis, the quantities set forth in the documents areestimates only for purposes of comparing bids and are notrepresentations or warranties of the quantities that shallactually be'required for the work.

8. Required Examination of the Site= Beforesubmitting a proposal, the bidder shall examine the site andinform himself fully regarding facilities and conditions whichmay affect the work. Drawings or data furnished by theDepartment as to facilities or conditions are not arepresentation of actual facilities or conditions but are a mereaccommodation. The Department shall not be liable for any loss

B1-2

Page 7: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

'̂ 00048

Spec. 7772DIVISION B1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

sustained by the Contractor, as a result of conditionsencountered in doing the work.

Arrangements to examine the site shall be made notless than 5 working days in advance by contacting the MechanicalEngineer, Telephone Number (2-13) 481-6256.

9. List of Subcontractors •• If a bidder contemplatessubcontracting any part of the work covered by thesespecifications, the bidder's proposal shall include adescription of the work to be done under each subcontract andthe name and address of each proposed subcontractor. Nosubcontractor shall be substituted or added after submission ofthe bid without prior written approval of the Engineer.

10. Labor Laws = The successful bidder and itsagents, employees, and subcontractors shall comply with allapplicable provisions of the Labor Code and all federal, state,and local laws and regulations which affect the hours of work,wages, and other compensation of employees, non-discrimination,and other conduct of the work. Workers shall be paid not lessthan prevailing wages pursuant to determinations of the Directorof Industrial Relations as applicable in accordance with theLabor Code. Copies of determinations last received by theDepartment are on file with the Purchasing Agent and will bemade available for inspection on request. The Department doesnot represent, however, that such are in fact the applicabledeterminations. Penalties prescribed by the Labor Code forviolations shall be forfeited to the Department.

11. Language• Everything submitted by the biddershall be written in the English Language.

12. Federal Excise Taxes: Prices quoted by thebidder shall be exclusive of Federal Excise Taxes pursuant toexemption of political subdivisions of a State by Federal Law.

13. Taxes and Duties? The prices quoted by thebidder shall include all applicable taxes and duties. Allapplicable taxes and duties shall be paid by the Contractor.

14. Bid Bond or Check' The proposal shall beaccompanied by a check certified by a responsible bank in theCity of Los Angeles or a cashier's check issued by a responsiblebank, payable to the order of The City of Los Angeles, in anamount not less than 10 percent of the aggregate sum of theproposal. A surety bond or an annual bid bond in such amountwill be accepted in lieu of a check.

B1-3

Page 8: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION B1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

The surety bond shall be submitted on the Department's"Bidder's Bond" form. The check or bidder's bond shall be.enclosed in the same envelope with the proposal, unless asufficient annual bid bond has been previously filed.

15. Performance Bond and Labor and Material PaymentBond •• The successful bidder shall furnish and maintain asatisfactory performance bond and a satisfactory labor andmaterials payment bond. Each bond shall be executed by aresponsible corporate surety authorized to issue such bonds inthe State of California and in other states where work is to be-performed, and secured through an authorized agent with anoffice in California. Each bond shall be in an amount of notless than 100 percent of the Contract amount.

The performance bond shall guarantee faithfulperformance of the contract in a manner satisfactory to theDepartment and that materials furnished and workmanship shall befree from defects. The labor and material payment bond shall bemaintained in accordance with the Civil Code of the State ofCalifornia and the laws of other states where work is performed.Such bonds shall extend to work performed pursuant to ChangeOrders and to Extensions- o:E Time, although such changes orextensions be ordered without notice to the surety.

The bonds shall be furnished by the successful bidderwithin 30 calendar days after the date of award. .

16. Award of Contract- Award of contract shall be inaccordance with the provisions of this article. The Boardreserves the right to reject any or all proposals. The Boardalso reserves the right to reject any or all proposals if thebidders fail to meet the MBE/WBE goals, or fail to make a goodfaith effort. The following are requirements related to theNBE/WBE goals and good faith effort:

a. Award of contract will be to the lowest andbest regular, responsible bidder if the bidder has met theHBE/WBE goals, or has demonstrated to the satisfaction of theDepartment a good faith effort to do so. Failure to meet thegoals, or to make a good faith effort, may result in biddersbeing declared non-responsive.

b. If the otherwise lowest and best regular,responsible bidder fails to meet the MBE/WBE goals, or todemonstrate a good faith effort, then award may be made to thebest regular, responsible bidder that (1) is the lowest bidderwho has met the MBE/UBE goals and (2) is within 5 percent or$10,000, whichever is less, of the dollar amount of the bid

B1-4

Page 9: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION Bl INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

submitted by the otherwise lowest and best regular responsiblebidder.

c. If the otherwise lowest and best regular,responsible bidder does not qualify under Subarticle 16a and nobidder qualifies under 16b, then award may be made to the lowestand best regular, responsible bidder that demonstrates, to thesatisfaction of the Department, a good faith effort to meet theMBE/WBE goals and is within 5 percent or $10,000, whichever isless, of the dollar amount of the bid submitted by the otherwiselowest and best regular responsible bidder.

d. If none of the bidders meet the MBE/WBE goals,nor make a good faith effort, award may be made to the bestregular responsible bidder with highest combined MBE/WBEparticipation, provided they are within 5 percent or $5,000,whichever is less, of the dollar amount of the bid submitted bythe otherwise lowest and best regular responsible bidder.

Within 30 calendar days after the date of award by theBoard, the successful bidder shall sign the contract supplied bythe Department. The date of award shall be the date of thecontract.

B1-S

Page 10: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

PART B - DIVISION B2

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1. Minority Business Enterprise and Women's BusinessEnterprise Goals (MBE/HBE);

a. MBE/WBE Policy and Goals •• It is the policy ofthe Department that minority business enterprises and women'sbusiness enterprises as defined in 49 Code of FederalRegulations Part 23 shall have the maximum opportunity toparticipate in the performance of its contracts. The Departmentgoals for MBE/WBE participation in performance of the contractare 12 percent for minority business enterprises and 4 percentfor women business enterprises. Whether or not the biddernormally performs all of the work with its own forces, it is theDepartment's policy to have all bidders meet the goals of thiscontract, or demonstrate a good faith effort to do so. Failureof bidders to meet the stated goals or to demonstrate to theDepartment a good faith effort may result in rejection of bids.

b. MBE/WBE Information to be Submitted bv Bidders•Each bidder shall submit the following information in DivisionC3 of its bid=

(1) Whether the bidder is MBE or WBE.

(2) -Name of each MBE/WBE joint venture partner.

(3). Name of each proposed MBE/WBE subcontractor,

(M) Description of work to be performed by eachMBE/WBE.

(5) Estimated dollar value of work to beperformed by each MBE/WBE.

(6) If the information indicates that theMBE/WBE participation goals may not be met, a detailed statementof the good faith efforts taken to meet the said goals.

c. Good Faith Effort-' The bidder's good faithefforts refer to steps the bidder takes to obtain MBE/WBEparticipation. If the bidder has not met the Department'sMBE/WBE participation goals, the bidder shall submit with itsbid, good faith effort documentation. Good faith efforts shallinclude such steps as:

(1) Attendance at bidder's conferences, if any.

B2-1

Page 11: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION B2 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

(2) Advertisement in general circulation media,trade association publications, and minority/women focus media.

(3) Written notification to MBEs and WBEs, whoare available to perform work contemplated in the project,soliciting their interest in the contract.

(4) Dividing the contract work intoeconomically feasible units to facilitate MBE/WBE participation.

(5) Efforts made to follow-up initialsolicitations of interest, by contacting MBEs/WBEs to determinewith certainty, whether these businesses were interested.

(6) Efforts made to provide interestedMBEs/WBEs with adequate information about the plans,specifications, and requirements of the contract.

(7) Efforts made to negotiate in good faithwith interested MBEs/WBEs and to demonstrate that MBEs/WBEs werenot rejected as unqualified without sound reasons based on athorough investigation of their capabilities. This informationshould include as a minimum:

(a) The names, addresses, and telephonenumbers of MBEs/UBEs that were contacted.

(b) A description of the informationprovided to MBEs/WBEs regarding the plans and specifications forportions of the work to be performed.

(c) A list of all MBE/WBE bids that werereceived but not used, with a statement giving reasons for therejection.

(8) Efforts made to effectively use theservices of available minority and women community organizationsand contractors' groups; local, state, and federal minoritybusiness assistance offices; and other organizations thatprovide assistance in the recruitment and placement ofMBEs/WBEs.

(9) If assistance is needed in identifyingpotential sources, call the Contract Compliance Office at (213)U81-5M82.

d. Monthly Reports •• The successful bidder shallsubmit to the Department monthly reports on MBE/WBEparticipation. The reports shall be submitted on Departmentforms and shall show the following:

B2-2

Page 12: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION B2 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

(1) The name of each participating MBE/WBE.

(2) Description of work each MBE/WBE hascontracted to perform.

(3) The percentage completion of the work undereach MBE/WBE contract.

(4) The compensation contracted to be paid toeach MBE/UBE.

(5) The cumulative compensation earned by eachMBE/WBE.

(6) The cumulative compensation paid to e-achMBE/WBE.

B2-3

Page 13: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

PART C - BIDDING DOCUMENTS

DIV. Cl .

BIDDER'S BOND' (Not ncccuwy when Check KoMBpuict bid. See below*)

S U R E T Y BOND

We, tbe undersigned principal tod surety, acknowledge ourselves jointly tnd severally bound to the Depart-

ment of Water and Power of The Qty of Los Angeles, in tbe sum o£

.Dollars (| ),

to be paid to said Department if the attached proposal shall be accepted and the proposed contract awarded to said

bidder, and said bidder shall fail to execute the contract and bond for the faithful performance thereof; otherwise

this obligation to be void.

Dated , 19

Firm Nym*

(Signature)'

(Surety)

(Signature)

If Annual Bid Bond is on file with the Department, please so state.

*Where bidder is submitting a check in lieu of a bond, the check mustbe certified by a responsible bank, or a cashier's check issued bya responsible bank.

If check is submitted herewith, state number and amount $-

DIV IS ION B1

Note: All lifMtuni «bo*e must be written ia ink.

C1-1

Page 14: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0100048DIVISION C1 Spec. 7772

P R O P O S A L

The undersigned hereby proposes to construct for theDepartment of Water and Power of The City of Los Angeles, theAeration Facility and the Emissions Control Facility in NorthHollywood, California, in accordance with Specifications 7772.

The undersigned agrees, upon the acceptance of thisProposal, to enter into and execute a contract consisting of thedocuments identified in Part D of said Specifications forfurnishing and delivering the items embraced in the acceptedProposal at the prices named in the accompanying ProposalSchedule, to execute a bond conditioned upon the faithfulperformance of the contract, -bo adhere during the performance ofthe contract to an affirmative action program as required byapplicable law, and to meet or exceed the MBE/WBE dollar amountscommitted to by the bidder, as stated in Division C3 of saidspecifications.

The undersigned furthermore agrees that, in case ofdefault in execution of such contract with necessary bond, thecheck or bond accompanying this Proposal and the money payablethereon shall be forfeited to and remain the property of TheCity of Los Angeles.

The undersigned declares under penalty of perjury thatsuch proposal is genuine, and not sham or collusive, nor made inthe interest or in behalf of any person or entity not hereinnamed, and that the bidder has not directly or indirectlyinduced or solicited any other bidder to put in a sham bid, orany other person, firm, or corporation to refrain from bidding,and that the bidder has not in any manner sought by collusion tosecure for itself an advantage over any other bidder.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws ofthe State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.

Date , 19

Bidder

Address

Signed by (Authorized Signature)

(Printed Name)

(Title)

C1-2

Page 15: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

n'100048

Spec. 7772

PART C - BIDDING DOCUMENTS

DIVISIOM C2 - PROPOSAL SCHEDULE

Item Description Amount

PRICE

Proposal is hereby made to furnishall materials and construct theaeration Facility and furnish andinstall the Emissions ControlFacility at 11845 Vose Street,North Hollywood, California,in accordance with Specifications7772, for a lump sum price of = $_

(Lump Sum)

The worK under Item 2 shall bein addition to the worK underItem 1 and shall be as follows =

UNIT PRICE EXTENSION

Approximately 120 cubic yardsof over-excavation and removalfrom the site and any resultingbackfill in accordance withSubarticle 2b of Division F2as directed by the Engineer,for a price per cubicyard of = $ *_

In case of variation between the unit pricebid and the extension, the unit price willbe considered the bid.

THE BIDDER SHALL SUBMIT A COMPLETE BID ON BOTH ITEMS. ANY AWARDMADE HEREUNDER WILL INCLUDE BOTH ITEMS IN A SINGLE CONTRACT.

PRICES: The price or prices shall be firm.

C2-1

Page 16: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION C2 PROPOSAL SCHED-ULE

TAXES AND DUTIES = The foregoing quoted prices are inclusive ofall applicable taxes and duties.

AERATION FACILITY MANUFACTURER: Name of aeration facilitymanufacturer•

Location of point of aeration facility manufacture:

EMISSIONS CONTROL FACILITY MANUFACTURER: Name of emissionscontrol facility manufacturer:

Location of point of emissions control facility manufacture

CHEMICAL STORAGE TANK MANUFACTURER: Name of chemical storagetank manufacturer ••

FORM OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Bidder shall state below theform of its business organization.

Bidder is (Corporation, Partnership,Limited Partnership, Individual)

If a partnership, the bidder shall state below the names of thepartners. If a corporation, the bidder shall state below thenames of the President and of the Secretary.

C2-2

Page 17: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION C2 PROPOSAL SCHEDULE

PERSON TO CONTACT^ Should the Department desire informationconcerning this proposal, please contact:

Name ; Telephone No.

Address

C2-3

Page 18: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

• M00048Spec. 7772

PART C - BIDDING DOCUMENTS

DIVISION C3 - DETAILED BID INFORMATION

1. Contractor's Licenses' Bidder shall state belowthe classification and identifying number of all applicablelicenses issued to the bidder by the Contractors' State LicenseBoard of the Department of Consumer Affairs of the State ofCalifornia.

Bidder shall identify below all applicable licensesissued to bidder by other governmental body or bodies.

C3-1

Page 19: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION C3 DETAILED BID INFORMATION

2. MBE/WBE Information' The bidder shall furnish thefollowing information:

a. Indicate by check whether bidder is a

C ) Minority Business Enterprise or a

( ) Woman's Business Enterprise

b. Name of each MBE/WBE joint venture partner

3. List of Proposed Subcontractors as Referred to inArticle 9 of Division B1: No other subcontractor shall be addedby the Contractor unless approved in writing by the Engineer.

a. The bidder shall also indicate which of thesubcontractors or joint venture partners are Minority BusinessEnterprises by the letters "MBE" and which are Women's BusinessEnterprises by the letters "WBE" as referred to in Article 1 ofDivision B2.

Indicate Description Estimated DollarJIBE or of Work to Amount of Work to

Name and Address WBE Status be Performe-d be Performed

C3-2

Page 20: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION C3 DETAILED BID INFORMATION

b. The bidder shall furnish, below, a detailedstatement of the good faith efforts to meet MBE/WBEparticipation goals if the above information indicates that thesaid goals may not be met (Additional pages may be added).

C3-3

Page 21: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION C3 DETAILED BID INFORMATION

M. Bidder's Statement of Experience: The biddershall state below the bidder's experience, if any, inconstructing an aeration facility and an emissions controlfacility similar to that described herein.

Date PutName and Address Into

of Plant Operation

C3-4

Page 22: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION C3 DETAILED BID INFORMATION

. 5. Detailed Information: The bidder shall furnishthe following detailed information for the aeration facility andthe emissions control facility to be furnished:

Aeration facility:

Will the aeration facility tower befactory assembled (Yes or No)

Will the aeration facility tower befield assembled (Yes or No)

Make or brand of tower packing

Nominal size- of tower packing in_

Total volume of tower packing cu ft_

Total weight of tower packing lb_

Make and model of towerpacking support plate,

Hake and model of towerflow distributor

Make and model of towermist elimina'tor

Make and model of towerblower and motor

Make and model of influentbutterfly valve and operator,

C3-5

Page 23: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION C3 DETAILED BID INFORMATION

Emissions control facility:

Size of emissions control units in_

Material of emissions control units

Nominal size of activated carbongranules . in_

Make and model of blower and motor..

Make and model of air heater

Chemical feed system:

Make and model of chemical feed pump

C3-6

Page 24: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

PART D - DIVISION PI

THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

The documents listed in the Table of Contents, theReference Specifications, any documents listed below, and thebidding documents as expressly agreed to by the Board shallconstitute the contract. Said documents are complementary andrequire complete and finished work. Anything shown or requiredof the Contractor in any one or more of said documents shall beas binding as if contained in all of said documents. TheContractor shall not be allowed to take advantage of any error,discrepancy, omission, or ambiguity in any document, but shallimmediately report to the Engineer, in writing, any such matterdiscovered. The Engineer will then decide or correct the same,and that decision shall be final.

DRAWINGS

Drawing No. Revision No.

D4643-01D4643-02D4643-03D4643-M-01D4643-M-02D4643-M-03D4643-S-01 1D4643-S-02 1D4643-S-03D4643-S-04D4643-E-01 . 1D4643-E-02D4643-E-03

OTHER DOCUMENTS

North Hollywood Aeration TowerGeotechnical Report AX439-1*

Note: The asterisk (*) following a document number indicatesthat the document is attached to these specifications.

D1-1

Page 25: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048(Construction) (Revised 5-1-86)

PART E - DIVISION E1

GENERAL CONDITIONS

1 . Definitions •• The following words shall have thefollowing meanings:

a. Board = The Board of Water and PowerCommissioners of The City of Los Angeles.

b. Department? The Department of Water and Powerof the City of Los Angeles.

c. Chief Engineer: The General Manager and ChiefEngineer/ or the Assistant General Manager - Water, or theAssistant General Manager - Power, of the Department.

d. Engineer! The General Manager and ChiefEngineer of the Department, or his authorized representativesacting within the limits of the duties entrusted to them.

e. Purchasing Agent' The Purchasing Agent, orAssistant Purchasing Agent, of the Department.

f. Bidder •• A person, firm, or corporationadopting and submitting a proposal in accordance with thesespecifications.

g. Contractor: The person, firm, or corporationto whom the contract is awarded.

h. Subcontractor: A person, firm, or corporation,other than the Contractor and employees thereof, who supplieslabor or materials on a portion of the work.

i. Reference Specifications: Those bulletins,standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, andspecifications of other agencies, engineering societies, orindustrial associations referred to in these specifications.These refer to the latest edition, including amendments,published and in effect at the date of advertising thesespecifications, unless specifically referred to by edition,volume, or date.

j. Directed, Required. Approved, Etc.? The words"directed", "required", "permitted", "ordered", "designated","prescribed", "instructed", "acceptable", "accepted","satisfactory", or similar words shall refer to actions,expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer, unless otherwiseexpressly stated.

E1-1

Page 26: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

(Construction) (Revised 5-1-86)DIVISION E1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

2. Rights of Hav = The site or right of way for thestructure to be constructed will be provided by the Department.The Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume allresponsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additionalwork areas and facilities required. The Contractor shallindemnify and hold the Department harmless from all claims fordamages caused by such actions.

3. Work to be Done = The Contractor shall perform allwork necessary to complete the contract in a satisfactorymanner. The Contractor shall at all times schedule and employsufficient forces, plant, materials, equipment, tools, labor,and incidentals to assure compliance with these specificationsand shall progress and properly inspect the work to assurecompletion within the time specified. The obligation to deliverfinished work in strict accordance with the contract shall beabsolute and shall not be affected by the Engineer's approvalof, or failure to prohibit, actions, means, or methods of theContractor prior to final acceptance of the complete work.

4. Ordinances and Codes = . The Contractor and the workshall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations,permits, and codes relating to the work, use of premises andhighways, and safety of persons and property.

5. Scope of Drawings = The drawings, includingdrawings furnished by the Contractor and reviewed and returnedwith no exceptions noted by the Engineer, shall determine thegeneral character and details of the work. Such review ofdrawings by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of theobligation to deliver finished work in strict accordance withthe contract. Parts of the work not detailed shall beconstructed in accordance with best standard practice.Dimensions shown shall be followed in every case in preferenceto scale. Detail drawings shall take precedence over drawingsto smaller scale. The Contractor shall acknowledge receipt ofrevised drawings and shall be responsible for all errors madedue to the use of superseded drawings. Additional informationrequired by the Contractor regarding details not shown ondrawings furnished by the Department will be supplied in theform of additional sketches by the Engineer upon request by theContractor. Such additional information shall be considered aninterpretation of drawings and not extra work.

6. Materials and Work: AH materials and work shallcomply with these specifications. All materials and equipmentfurnished shall be new and unused, but this requirement shallnot preclude the use of recycled materials in the manufacturingprocesses. All work shall be done by qualified workers in athorough and workmanlike manner. Materials or workmanship not

E1-2

Page 27: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

(1000048(Construction) (Revised 5-1-86)DIVISION E1 . . GENERAL CONDITIONS

definitely specified, but incidental to and necessary for thework/ shall conform to the best commercial practice for the typeof work in question.

7. Supervision and Workers' The Contractor, or anexperienced superintendent authorized to act for the Contractor,shall be continually in charge of the work. The Contractorshall have a qualified and experienced foreman in charge of eachbranch of the work. Only competent workers shall be employed.No workman, foreman or superintendent shall be continued on thework who, in the judgment of the Engineer, is negligent,incompetent, who acts with willful misconduct, or who fails orrefuses to perform work properly and acceptably.

8. Contractor's Presence at Site= Before commencingwork, the Contractor shall designate, in writing, arepresentative who shall have complete authority to act for theContractor. An alternate may also be designated. Therepresentative or the alternate shall be present at the sitewhenever work is in progress or when weather conditions or othercircumstances require measures to protect materials, work,persons, or property. Information given by the Engineer to theContractor's superintendent, representative, or alternate shallbe as binding as though given to the Contractor in person.

9. Work Schedules and Progress Reports: Beforecommencing work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer awritten schedule for the entire contract work. If theContractor intends to change the method or operations, or if theschedule fails to reflect the actual progress, the Contractorshall promptly submit a revised schedule before beginningrevised operations. Each schedule shall show the dates forcommencing and completing each phase of wo.rk. Each scheduleshall include supporting data respecting procurement andutilization of labor, equipment, material, and inspections,sufficient to show a comprehensive and detailed plan ofoperation for timely completion of each phase and of the entirecontract work. The Contractor shall submit additionalscheduling data or reports of progress as requested in writingby the Engineer.

10. Quality Assurance' The Contractor shallthoroughly test and inspect materials, equipment, and work inorder to assure that the requirements of the specifications havebeen met. The Contractor shall eliminate all items which aredefective or which do not meet the requirements of thespecifications before inspection, testing, or acceptance by theEngineer. Materials not so inspected and tested by theContractor shall not be incorporated in the work. TheContractor shall submit materials, equipment, or work for the

E1-3

Page 28: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

(Construction) (Revised 5-1-86)DIVISION El GENERAL CONDITIONS

Engineer's approval, acceptance, or inspection only after suchtesting and inspection by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall keep the Engineer informed of theprogress of the work and of the times and places of manufactureof materials and equipment. The Contractor shall give ampleadvance notice of inspections and tests. The Contractor shallfurnish the Engineer with reasonable facilities and samples,with such information as the Engineer may desire, and withproper authority for access to observe inspections and tests.If the specifications require specific inspections or tests tobe made or observed by the Engineer or designated agent of theDepartment, the Contractor shall not proceed beyond the point ofany such inspection or test until the same has been made and soobserved or until this requirement is waived by the Engineer inwriting with respect to such inspection or test.

All test procedures shall be subject to review andacceptance by the Engineer. All materials, equipment, and workshall be subject to rigorous inspection by the Engineer.Inspection, testing, approval, or acceptance by the Engineershall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility offurnishing the best labor and materials in strict accordancewith the specifications or of the responsibility for laterdiscovered flaws or defects. If any item, article, material, orportion of work does not meet the requirements of thespecifications, the material, the lot, or any faulty portion,may be rejected.

The provisions of this Article shall take precedenceover any conflicting inspection, testing, and quality assuranceprovisions contained in Reference Specifications.

11. Protection of Materials and Work' The Contractorshall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ suchmeasures as shall preserve the specified quality and fitness ofmaterials to be used in the work. Stored materials shall beaccessible for inspection.

The Contractor shall be under an absolute obligationto protect the finished and unfinished work against damage,loss, or injury until final acceptance of the entire contractwork. In the event of damage, loss, or injury, the Contractorshall promptly replace or repair such work or materials asdetermined by the Engineer.

12. Protection of Persons and Property> TheContractor shall take all reasonable precautions to protectpersons and property of others from damage, loss, and injuryuntil final acceptance of the entire contract work. Such

E1-4

Page 29: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

(1000048

(Construction.) (Revised 5-1-86)DIVISION E1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

precautions shall include sufficient guards, lights, barricades,and enclosures at and about the site.

Within 3 working days after the occurrence of any suchdamage, loss, or injury, the Contractor shall make a full andcomplete report thereof in writing to the Engineer.

The Contractor and every subcontractor shall save,hold harmless, and fully indemnify The City of Los Angeles, theBoard, and the Department, their officers, agents and employeesfrom any and all liability arising out of any damage, loss, orinjury to persons or property of others resulting from any actor omission of the Contractor or any Subcontractor.

The provisions of this Article shall not be deemed tocreate any right of action in favor of third parties against theContractor, any subcontractor, The City of Los Angeles, theBoard, the Department, or any officer or any employee thereof.

13. Time is of the Essence and Extensions of Time'Time is .of the essence of the contract. All work shall becompleted within the times and by the dates specified. Timeshall not be extended except as provided in this Article.

If the Contractor makes a timely written request inaccordance with this Article, the time for performance will beextended by the Engineer for a period of time equivalent to anydelay of the whole work which is (1) authorized in writing bythe Board acting through the Chief Engineer, or (2) causedsolely by the Department, or (3) due to unforeseeable causes(such as war, strikes, or natural disasters), and which delay isbeyond the control and without the fault or negligence of theContractor and subcontractors.

The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer inwriting at both the beginning and ending of any delay, of itscause, its effect on the whole work, and the extension of timeclaimed. Failure of the Contractor to provide such writtennotices and to show such facts shall constitute conclusiveevidence that no excusable delay has occurred and that noextension of time is required.

The Engineer will ascertain the facts and the extentof the delay and will extend the time for performance when theEngineer's findings of fact justify such extension. TheEngineer's determination shall be final and conclusive.

If, as a result of delay caused solely by theDepartment, the Contractor sustains a loss which could not havebeen reasonably avoided, the Contractor will be paid such amount

E1-5

Page 30: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

(Construction) (Revised 5-1-86)DIVISION E1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

as the Chief Engineer finds to be fair and reasonablecompensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss asthe Chief Engineer finds to have been unavoidable and causedsolely by the Department. Claims for any such loss shall bemade and determined in accordance with Article 18 of thisDivision. The Contractor shall provide the Chief Engineer withall records regarding the handling of forces, equipment, andplant and regarding the costs incurred. The findings of theChief Engineer shall be final and conclusive.

The requirements of this Article shall be in additionto, and shall not be construed as waiving, claims provisions ofthe Los Angeles City Charter and of the Government Code of theState of California. The Department will be responsible forextensions of time as herein provided, but will not otherwise beresponsible in any manner or to any extent for compensation inaddition to the contract price or for damages directly orindirectly suffered by the Contractor because of delay.

14. Changes at Request of Contractor' Changes whichare legally permissible may be made to facilitate the work ofthe Contractor. Such changes may only be made withoutadditional cost to the Department and without extension of time.Permission for such changes shall be requested in writing by theContractor to the Engineer, whose decision will be in writingand will be final.

15. Requests for Substitution of Equivalent Materialsor Equipment' If the Contractor desires to substitute anymaterial or equipment equivalent to that specified, theContractor shall make a timely written request to the Engineerfor written permission to make the substitution. The requestshall contain the name of the manufacturer, brand, catalognumber, and other information sufficient to show that suchmaterial or equipment is equivalent to that specified. TheContractor shall have such material or equipment subjected totesting as requested by the Engineer to demonstrate itsequivalency. Such testing shall be at the Contractor's expense.Only equivalent materials or equipment, approved in writing bythe Engineer, may be substituted for specified materials orequipment.

16. Authority of the Engineer: The Engineer willgive the orders and directions as provided in the specificationsand will determine, within the limitations of thesespecifications, the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitnessof the various kinds of work and materials to be paid for.

Should any discrepancy appear or any misunderstandingarise as to the import of anything contained in the

E1-6

Page 31: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048(Construction) (Revised 5-1-86)DIVISION E1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

specifications or drawings, the matter shall be immediatelyreferred to the Engineer, who will decide the matter inaccordance with the true intent and meaning.

If the Contractor at any time fails to maintainadequate progress, or to schedule or employ sufficient andadequate work forces, plant, materials, tools, and methods, theEngineer may notify the Contractor of the deficiency, and theContractor shall increase the progress of the work and modifyprocedures and activities to meet the approval of the Engineer.Such approval shall not relieve "the Contractor of the obligationto comply with the specifications and to complete the workwithin the time specified and at the contract price.

If the Contractor at any time fails to comply withthese specifications in any way, the Engineer shall have theright to order all work or a portion of the work stopped at atime specified by the order. Such Stop Work Order shall be inwriting and shall allow the Contractor 3 working days in whichto comply with the demands of the order. The work to which aStop Work Order is directed shall be corrected to the entiresatisfaction of the Engineer. Any such order shall not relievethe Contractor of the obligation to complete the entire workwithin the time specified and at the contract price.

17. Extra Work or Changes bv Department' TheDepartment reserves the right at any time before finalacceptance of the entire work to order the Contractor to performextra work, furnish extra material or equipment, or to makechanges altering, adding to, or deducting from the work, withoutinvalidating the contract or bonds. Changes shall not bebinding upon either the Department or the Contractor unless madein writing in accordance with this Article.

Changes shall originate with the Engineer who willtransmit to the Contractor a written request for a proposalcovering the requested change, setting forth the work in detail,and including any required supplemental plans or specifications.Upon receipt of such request, the Contractor shall promptlysubmit in writing to the Engineer a proposal offering to performsuch change, a request for any required extension of time causedby such change, and an itemized statement of the cost or credit,for the proposed change. Failure of the Contractor to include arequest for extension of time in the proposal shall constituteconclusive evidence that such extra work or revisions willentail no delay and that no extension of time will be required.

If the Contractor's proposal is accepted andauthorized by the Board, a written Change Order will be issuedby the Chief Engineer stating that the extra work or change is

E1-7

Page 32: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

(Construction) (Revised 5-1-86)DIVISION El GENERAL CONDITIONS

authorized and granting any required adjustments of contractprice and of time of completion.

The Engineer may order the Contractor in writing toperform extra work or to make changes on a cost-plus-limitedbasis. Such Change Order shall specify the maximum limit forthe payment to be made and the time extension to be allowed forsuch work or changes. The Contractor shall perform such workand shall furnish the Department with itemized bills only forthe actual cost of labor, materials, equipment use,transportation, tools, necessary incidentals / and insurance,plus a charge not exceeding 15 percent of the actual cost of theforegoing items to cover all other expenses and profit of theContractor and Subcontractors for such work or changes. Thetotal of such bills shall not exceed the specified maximumpayment limit and time allowance of the Change Order.

The performance of extra work or changes pursuant toChange Order shall be in accordance with the terms andconditions of these specifications and the performance and laborand material payment bonds. No extra work shall be performedand no change shall be made unless pursuant to such writtenChange Order, and no claim for an addition to the contract priceshall be valid unless so ordered.

18. Protests, Disputes, and Claims: If theContractor considers any demand of the Engineer to be outside ofthe requirements of the contract, or considers the amount of anypayment, or any record, ruling, or other act of omission by theEngineer to be unreasonable, or should any dispute ariserespecting the true value of any work done or omitted, theContractor shall promptly deliver to the Chief Engineer awritten statement of the protest and of the amount ofcompensation claimed.

Upon written request by the Chief Engineer, theContractor shall provide access to all records containing anyevidence relating to the claim or protest.

Upon review of the protest, claim, and evidence, theChief Engineer will promptly advise the Contractor in writing ofhis final decision which shall be binding on all parties.

The requirements of this Article shall be in additionto, and shall not be construed as waiving, claims provisions ofthe Los Angeles City Charter and of the Government Code of theState of California. The Contractor is deemed to have waivedand does waive all claims for extensions of time and forcompensation in addition to the contract price except for

E1-8

Page 33: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

(Construction) (Revised 5-1-86)DIVISION E1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

protests and claims made and determined in accordance with thisArticle.

19. Suspension of Work' The Chief Engineer may atany time suspend the entire work by written notice to theContractor, who shall thereupon discontinue all work except asnecessary to prevent damage to property or to work alreadyaccomplished and except as ordered by the Engineer in writing.Work shall be resumed by the Contractor upon written notice fromthe Chief Engineer. The Engineer may, at any time, by notice inwriting to the Contractor, suspend any part or portion of thework for such period as may be required.

Extensions of time/ compensation for delays, andpayment for work performed in accordance with such writtenorders of the Engineer shall be made and determined inaccordance with Articles 13 and 17 of this Division.

20. Termination of Contract' If through no fault ofthe Contractor or any subcontractor, the entire work shall besuspended by written order of the Chief Engineer for 90consecutive days, the Contractor may, by written notice to theBoard, terminate the contract. The Department will have noclaim for damages because of such termination.

The Board may, by written notice to the Contractor,terminate the contract at its own discretion, or when conditionsencountered during the work make it impracticable to proceed, orwhen the Department is prevented from proceeding with thecontract by unforseeable natural causes, by law, or by officialaction of a public authority. Upon service of notice of suchtermination, the Contractor shall discontinue all work exceptsuch work as the Engineer may order in writing. The Contractorshall have no claim for compensation or damages except for workactually performed prior to the time of the notice and for workperformed as ordered in writing by the Engineer thereafter.Payment for work performed in accordance with such writtenorders of the Engineer shall be made and determined inaccordance with Article 17 of this Division. The Departmentmay, and at the request of the Contractor will, purchase theconsumable supplies that the Contractor has purchased for thework and which the Engineer deems suitable to completion of thework. The Contractor shall submit an itemized cost inventoryand shall, on request of the Engineer, provide access to thebooks and records showing the true costs thereof.

21. Termination for Breach: If the Contractorviolates any condition of the Contract, unreasonably delaysperformance, fails to perform any covenant, or becomesinsolvent, the Chief Engineer may notify the Contractor of such

E1-9

Page 34: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

(Construction) (Revised 5-1-86)DIVISION El GENERAL CONDITIONS

breach and instruct the Contractor to discontinue all or anypart of the work, or may notify the Contractor and surety thatunless the failures are remedied forthwith the contract willterminate within 10 calendcir days or at the time specified bysuch notice.

If such notice to discontinue is given to theContractor, the Department may take charge of and complete thediscontinued work by contract or otherwise. If requested by theEngineer, the Contractor shall assign to the Department allrights under subcontracts for completion of discontinued work.The Department may take possession of and use any of thematerials, plant, tools, equipment, supplies, and propertyprovided by the Contractor for the discontinued work. Claims ofthe Contractor for payment of compensation shall be made anddetermined in accordance with Article 18 of this Division.

If notice is given to the surety, the surety may,during such 10 calendar days, give written notice to theDepartment of its election to assume control of the work andperform under the contract. Upon giving such notice, the suretyshall succeed to all rights and obligations of the Contractor.Within 5 days after the surety gives such notice, the suretyshall substantially commence the performance of the work.

The Department shall have no liability and theContractor shall have no claim for damages for suchdiscontinuance or termination. The provisions of this Articleshall be in addition to all other rights and remedies availableto the Department under law.

22. Right of Property in Materials = Nothing in thiscontract shall be considered as vesting in the Contractor anyright of property in materials attached or affixed to the workor the soil but all such materials shall, upon being so attachedor affixed, be the property of the Department. This Articleshall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to protectmaterials and work or the obligation to protect persons andproperty of others.

23. Assignment of Contract Prohibited• TheContractor shall not assign or otherwise attempt to dispose ofthis contract, or of any of the moneys due or to become duethereunder, unless authorized by the prior written consent ofthe Chief Engineer, No right shall be asserted against theDepartment, in law or equity, by reason of any assignment ordisposition unless so authorized.

If the Contractor, without such prior written consent,purports to assign or dispose of the contract or of any interest

E1-10

Page 35: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

000004?(Construction) (Revised 5-1-86)DIVISION E1 GENERA! CONDITIONS

therein, the Department, at its option, may terminate thecontract, and the Department will be relieved and dischargedfrom any and all liability and obligations to the Contractor,and to any assignee or transferee thereof.

24.. Police and Sanitary Regulations = All police,sanitary, and site regulations shall be fully and promptlycarried out. An ample supply of water of appropriate qualityshall be provided and maintained at all times. Suitablefacilities shall be provided for the sanitary necessities of allpersons employed on the work, unless such facilities areotherwise available. All persons connected with the work shalluse the sanitary conveniences provided. The committing ofnuisances shall be rigorously prohibited.

25. Patents = The Contractor shall fully indemnifythe Department against any and all liability whatsoever byreason of any alleged infringement of any patent on any article,process, method, or application used in the construction of thework, or by reason of use by the Department of any article ormaterial furnished under this contract.

26. Contractor's Address and Legal Service' Theaddress given in the proposal shall be considered the legaladdress of the Contractor and shall be changed only by writtennotice to the Department. The Contractor shall supply an-address to which certified mail can be delivered. The deliveryof any communication to the Contractor's designatedrepresentative or alternate, to the Contractor personally, or tosuch address, or the depositing in the United States Mail,registered or certified with postage prepaid, addressed to theContractor at such address, shall constitute legal servicethereof.

27. Additional Surety? Should any surety be deemedunsatisfactory at any time by the Board, notice shall be givento the Contractor and the Contractor shall forthwith furnishsureties satisfactory to the Board. No payment will be made tothe Contractor after said notice until such sureties have beenaccepted by the Board.

28. Governing Law All matters relating to thevalidity, construction, interpretation, and enforcement of thebid, contract, and bonds shall be determined in accordance withthe laws of the State of California.

E1-11

Page 36: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

. -0000048

Spec. 7772

PART E - DIVISION E2

ADDITIONAL GENERAL CONDITIONS

1. Modifications to the General Conditions = Thefollowing is added to Article 1 of Division E1 =

"k. Owner = Any reference to owner in thesespecifications shall be deemed to be equivalent to Department."

2. Guarantee = The Contractor shall guarantee for aperiod of one year after final completion and acceptance of theentire contract work that all equipment, materials, andworkmanship furnished under these specifications shall be freefrom defects.

The Contractor shall repair or replace, f.o.b.jobsite, all such defective equipment, materials, orworkmanship.

3. Progress Payments' • Before starting work, theContractor shall furnish the Engineer with a price breakdown inaccordance with the classes of work listed below. The total ofsuch prices shall not exceed the lump sum bid price and shallinclude all costs and profit distributed in true proportion tothe classes of work.

a. Mobilisation, excavation, and foundation.

b. Installation of the aeration facility and theemissions control facility.

c. Start-up and testing and demobilization.

On or about the first day of each calendar month, theEngineer will, based on contract prices, estimate the quantityand value of the work performed on site and in place. TheContractor shall certify such estimates. The Department will,within MO calendar days of receipt of such certificate, makepayment to the Contractor in accordance with such estimate,except that 10 percent thereof will be retained until finalacceptance of the entire contract work, unless the Engineeraccepts deposited securities as a substitute for such retention.

Within 40 calendar days after final acceptance of theentire work, the retained percentage or deposited securitieswill be transmitted to the Contractor, less all sums which maybe lawfully deducted or retained pursuant to the contract orlaw. Acceptance of such payment by the Contractor or by anyoneclaiming through the Contractor shall constitute a completerelease of all claims of the Contractor against the City of Los

E2-1

Page 37: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION E2 ADDITIONAL GENERAL CONDITIONS

Angeles, the Board, the Department, and all officers, agents,and employees thereof, except for amounts so deducted orretained. Neither payments by the Department, nor acceptance,approval, or acts of the Engineer shall waive Department claims.

4. Permits and Licenses = The Department will obtainthe building plan check for the aeration facility. TheContractor shall obtain, at Contractor's own expense, anddeliver to the Engineer, prior to final payment, the buildingpermits for the aeration facility and emissions controlfacility, all grading and excavation permits, and all otherpermits and all licenses, guarantees, and certificates ofinspection required by the laws, ordinances, rules regulations,and codes relating to the work, use of premises and highways,and safety of persons and property.

5. Final Acceptance by the Engineer• Upon completionof the entire contract work by the Contractor in accordance withthese specifications and in a satisfactory manner, the Engineerwill notify the Contractor in writing of the acceptance of suchwork .

6. Letters to the Department' All inquiries relatingto these specifications prior to award of contract shall beaddressed to the Purchasing Agent.

After award, all letters pertaining to performance ofthe contract shall be addressed as follows"

Mr. Walter W. Hoye, Engineer of DesignWater Engineering Design Division, Room 1336Los Angeles Department of Water and PowerP.O. Box 111Los Angeles, California 90051

Attention Mr. E. 0. StocklContract Coordinator

Re= Contract 7772Construction of the Aeration Facilityand the Emissions Control Facilityin North Hollywood, California

E2-2

Page 38: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F1 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS

1. Scope of Work' Under the terms of the contract,the Contractor shall construct the Aeration Facility and furnishand install the Emissions Control Facility in North Hollywood,California, except as specified in Article 20 of this Division.

The Contractor shall furnish all materials for theconstruction of the aeration facility as called for by thedrawings and these specifications including any and allmaterials incidental or convenient thereto.

The aeration facility shall be constructed inaccordance with Divisions F2 through F26 and the emissionscontrol facility shall be furnished and installed in accordancewith Divisions F27 through F31.

2. Time of Completion' The Department requires thatall work under these specifications be completed and ready foroperation within 120 calendar days after the Contractor has beennotified by the Engineer that the site is available. Suchnotice will be given within 90 calendar days after date of awardof contract.

Upon completion of the aeration facility and theemissions control facility, the Contractor shall obtain finalinspection and approval from the Air Suality Management District(A2MD). The Contractor shall also obtain approval from the A2MDfor a plan for the replacement of the spent carbon.

3. Printed Documents = All printed documentsincluding drawings and instruction books, if applicable, shallbe in the English language. All units of measurement shall bein the English foot-pound-second system.

1. Insurance'

a. General •• Prior to start of work, but not laterthan 30 days after date of award of contract, the Contractorshall furnish the Department evidence of coverage in the form ofthe Department's Additional Insured Endorsement form or aSpecial Endorsement of Insurance for certain designatedcoverages for the kinds of insurance as specified hereinafterwhich shall be maintained by the Contractor at the Contractor'ssole cost and expense.

All such evidence of coverage shall be furnished onDepartment forms and shall be subject to the approval of theOffice of the City Attorney as to compliance with these

F1-1

Page 39: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION F1 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

specifications. Department forms will be supplied at the timeof award of contract along with instructions for completing,executing, and submitting to the Department. A sampleendorsement form is attached to these specifications.

Each policy shall name the City of Los Angeles, theBoard of Water and Power Commissioners of the City ofLos Angeles, the Department of Water and Power of the City ofLos Angeles, and their officers, agents, and employees whileacting within the scope of their employment, as additionalinsureds with the Contractor, and shall insure against liabilityfor death, bodily injury, or property damage allegedly arisingout of or in connection with the work to be performed. Suchpolicy shall be maintained for not less than one year after dateof final completion and acceptance of the entire contract work.

In addition, each insurance policy required hereinshall name the Consultant, James M. Montgomery, ConsultingEngineers, Inc., and their officers, agents, and employees asadditional insureds with the Contractor.

b. Comprehensive General and Automobile LiabilityInsurance = Comprehensive General and Automobile LiabilityInsurance with Contractual Liability, Products and CompletedOperations, Broad Form Property Damage, and Personal Injurycoverages included shall be furnished and shall provide coveragefor total limits actually arranged by the Contractor, but notless than $1,000,000.00 Combined Single Limit. TheComprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance may be a separatepolicy and Umbrella or Exceiss Liability coverages may be used tosupplement primary coverages to meet the required limits.Evidence of such coverage shall be in the form of theDepartment's Additional Insured Endorsement.

Said policy or endorsement shall contain aprovision that the policy cannot be cancelled or reduced incoverage or amount without first giving 30 calendar days' noticethereof by registered mail to the City Attorney.

c. Workers' Compensation: Workers' Compensationcovering all of Contractor's employees shall be furnished inaccordance with the laws of any state in which the work is to beperformed and including Employers Liability Insurance with alimit of not less than $1,000,000.00 each accident. Evidence ofsuch coverage shall be in the form of a Special Endorsement ofInsurance. The Contractor shall require the carriers providingthis insurance to waive all rights of subrogation against theCity of Los Angeles, the Board of Water and Power Commissionersof the City of Los Angeles, the Department of Water and Power,

F1-2

Page 40: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

00000-Spec. 7772

DIVISION F1 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS

their officers, agents, and employees, and James M. Montgomery,Consulting Engineers, Inc.

d. Builder's Risk' This insurance shall be of the"all risk" type, shall be written in completed value form, andshall protect the Contractor, the City of Los Angeles, the Boardof Water and Power Commissioners of the City of Los Angeles, theDepartment of Water and Power of the City of Los Angeles, andthe Consultant, James M. Montgomery, Consulting Engineers, Inc.,against risks of damage to buildings, structures, and materialsand equipment. The amount of such insurance shall be not lessthan the insurable value of the work at completion. Builder'srisk insurance shall provide f-pr losses to be payable to theContractor and the aforementioned additional insureds as theirinterests may appear. The palicy shall contain a provision thatin the event of payment for any loss under the coverageprovided, the insurance company shall have no rights of recoveryagainst the Contractor and the aforementioned additionalinsureds. The Builder's Risk policy shall insure against allrisks of direct physical loss or damage to property from anyexternal cause including flood and earthquake.

The above requirements as to types, limits, and theDepartment's approval of insurance-coverage to be maintained bythe Contractor are not intended to and shall not in any mannerlimit or qualify the liabilities and obligations assumed by theContractor under this contract.

5. Preconstruction Meeting: A preconstructionmeeting will be held in the General Office Building, 111 NorthHope Street, Los Angeles, California, at which time theContractor shall meet with the Contract Coordinator andrepresentatives of the Department's fiuality Assurance and DesignSections. The meeting will be held not sooner than 20 calendardays and not later than 30 calendar days after date of award ofcontract. The meeting will consist of a discussion of thespecifications, the Affirmative Action Requirements, and allinquiries regarding the contract.

6. Contractor's Drawings; The Contractor shallsubmit to the Engineer for review a transparency and one printmade therefrom of all shop and installation drawings andschedules required for the work of the various trades.

These drawings shall include, but not be limited to,the following information:

a. Emission control foundation.

F1-3

Page 41: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION F1 . SPECIAL CONDITIONS

b. Emission control internal and externalconstruction and dimensions.

c. Equipment anchors.

d. Manufacturer's drawings of all electrical andmechanical equipment.

e. Electrical and instrument controls.

f. Brand and color of paint and coating material.

g. Duct construction and supports.

h. Blower performance data and curves.

i. Type, brand, and power requirement of airheater.

j. Calculations and supportive data for GAC unit.

k. Grout mixtures and material.

1. Designs for the air stream heater and blower.

Any such information may be combined on a singledrawing if clarity is not thereby impaired. Each drawing shallbe identified by a number and descriptive title indicatingfunction or location. All additional information which may berequested by the Engineer to determine compliance with thecontract shall likewise be submitted for review.

Transparencies shall be positive and right reading.They shall not be folded and shall be sufficiently legible tomake 35 mm microfilm negatives which can be read clearly whenenlarged 14 times. All drawings shall be accompanied by aletter of transmittal and shall be submitted in such sequencethat the Engineer will have all information necessary forreviewing each drawing at the time it is submitted.

The drawings shall fully demonstrate that the work tobe done and the materials to be furnished will comply with theprovisions of these specifications and shall furnish a true andcomplete record of the job as finally completed. Review by theEngineer of the Contractor's drawings shall not relieve theContractor of the responsibility to meet all the requirements ofthese specifications or of the responsibility for thecorrectness of the drawings furnished by the Contractor. TheContractor shall have no claim for additional costs or extensionof time on account of delays due to revisions of the drawings

F1-4

Page 42: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F1 - SPECIAL COKDITIONS

which may be found necessary -bo comply with the contract. Incase of later discovery of errors, omissions, or inconsistenciesin the Contractor's drawings, the Contractor shall promptlysubmit revised transparencies to the Engineer for re-review.

Within 20 calendar days after receipt of drawings forreview, one print of each will be returned to the Contractor byletter designated "no exceptions noted", "corrections needed","rejected", or "not required?1.

If a drawing is designated "no exceptions noted", theContractor may proceed with the work in accordance with thedrawing.

If a drawing is designated "corrections needed", theContractor may proceed with the work covered by the drawing andthe corrections needed. However, the Contractor shall promptlyrevise the drawing in accordance with the corrections needed andfurnish a transparent copy and one print made therefrom.

If a drawing is designated "rejected", the Contractorshall revise the drawing to comply with the requirements of thespecifications and resubmit a transparent copy for review beforeproceeding with the work covered by the drawing.

If a drawing is designated "not required", it is notrequired under the contract.

Revised drawings shall be submitted in the same sizeas the original submittal except when completely redrawn.

If the drawings contain information which does notpertain to the contract, the Contractor shall either delete theinformation which is not applicable or plainly identify thepertinent information.

The Department shall have the right to use thesedrawings for any future Department project.

7. Copies of Drawings and Specifications: TheContractor shall retain in his office at the building site acopy of the drawings approved by the Department of Building andSafety of The City of Los Angeles. The approved copy shall notbe used except by the Building Inspector or the Engineer.Additional copies shall be available for the use of all othersrequiring reference thereto.

Six copies of drawings and specifications will befurnished the Contractor by the Department free of charge.

F1-5

Page 43: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION F1 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

8. Contractor's Purchase Orders: The Contractorshall promptly furnish to the Engineer a copy of those purchaseorders requested by the Engineer. These copies of purchaseorders shall be complete, showing material properties,quantities, items, conditions of delivery, and manufacturer'sname. They will be used for assisting the Engineer, and pricesneed not be shown.

9. Lines, Grades, and Measurements = The Departmentwill establish a survey for the control of all lines and levelsfor the use of the Contractor. The Contractor shall preserveall bench marks, monuments;, survey marks, and stakes; and incase of their removal or destruction by him or his employees, heshall be liable for the cost of their replacement.

The Contractor shall set all lines and levels, asindicated on the drawings, all targets and batter boardsrequired for the work, and shall be responsible for theiraccuracy. The Engineer will check all lines and levels set bythe Contractor from time-to-time but the responsibility for theaccuracy of all such dimensions shall rest entirely with theContractor.

10. Identification of Contractor's Employees: TheDepartment will provide the Contractor with sufficientidentification badges for himself and for his subcontractors,employees, and representatives who will be required to enterupon the Department's construction site.

These badges shall be worn at all times while on thesite and shall be displayed whenever required.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the issuanceof such badges and the return of same to the Department when anyof the following events transpire:

a. Discharge, layoff, or resignation of the personto whom the badge was issued.

b. Completion of the contract or subcontract.

c. Expiration of the time limit if badges areissued for a stated period.

11. Field Office: The Contractor shall furnish,maintain, and remove at completion of the work a temporaryoffice and public telephone for the use of the superintendent,the subcontractors, and the Department's representatives.

F1-6

Page 44: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

H000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F1 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

12. Utility Services' The Department will furnish1 20/240-volt, single-phase energy for light and the necessarywater for the Contractor at locations on the property designatedby the Engineer. All feeders and branch lines from these pointsshall be installed by the Contractor at his own expense to meethis requirements.

13. Storage Spaces The Contractor shall use thatspace allotted to him at the jobsite for office, storage, andstorage sheds as directed by the Engineer. All temporaryoffices and sheds shall be furnished by the Contractor andremoved from the premises by him upon completion of the work.

Where sufficient storage space has not been providedby the Department at the site of the work, the Contractor shallfurnish at his own expense storage elsewhere for all materialand equipment, in a manner so as to prevent damage to suchmaterial or equipment. At the completion of the work, theContractor shall remove the equipment and clean the premises ina manner satisfactory to the authorities or the property ownersconcerned.

m. Cleanup = Throughout all phases of construction,including suspension of work, and until final acceptance of thework, the Contractor shall keep the work site clean and freefrom rubbish and debris. Materials and equipment shall beremoved from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary;and upon completion of the work and before final inspection, theentire work site shall be cleared of equipment, unusedmaterials, and rubbish so as to present a clean and neatappearance satisfactory to the Engineer.

Misplaced paint shall be removed from all plumbing andelectrical fixtures, equipment, and hardware. The brightsurfaces shall be polished. Scratched or chipped paint,discolorations, and dirt marks shall be cleaned off and touchedup.

The Contractor shall remove all solder splatter andjoint compound from exposed piping, hangers, and accessoriesinstalled on this contract or used by the Contractor inconnection therewith. This includes inconspicuous areas such assurfaces toward walls and shall be performed so as to conform tothe best practices of the trade. The piping shall be thoroughlycleaned of all foreign matter and obstructions before connectingto fixtures or equipment.

15. Dust Abatement' The Contractor shall sprinklethe surface of the site wherever and as often as required toprevent his operations from producing dust in amounts damaging

F1-7

Page 45: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772DIVISION F1 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

to property, or causing a nuisance to persons living nearby oroccupying buildings in the vicinity. Truck loads of earth shallalso be sprinkled.

16. Interference With Highways' The Contractor shallconduct his operations so as not to close or obstruct anyportion of any highway, road, alley, or street until he hasobtained permits therefor from the proper authorities.

In all the streets in which his work may interferewith the ingress and egress of the occupants of the abuttingproperties, or of their vehicles, he shall maintain temporarypracticable means of ingress and egress or shall makesatisfactory arrangements with the occupants for the obstructingof ways to their properties for the duration of theinterference. If at any time the work is stopped because ofinclement weather, the Contractor shall keep a representative onthe site of the work to assure that such driveways orpassageways are kept in a condition suitable for safe passageand shall immediately take steps to maintain such a condition atall times.

17. Workmen Other Than Contractor's: Departmentworkmen and authorized representatives and workmen of othercontractors on the project shall be given free access to theproperty for the purpose of performing the work required.

18. Right to Occupy Completed Portions of Work= TheDepartment may wish to occupy or place in service portions ofthe completed work before final completion of the contract workand shall be at liberty to do so, but such occupancy or placingin service of any completed portion of the work shall not voidthe contract nor relieve the Contractor of his responsibility ofprotection and care of all work until final completion andacceptance of the entire contract work; provided, however, thatexpenses directly attributable to operation and placing inservice of portions of the work shall not be chargeable to theContractor.

19. Cooperation of Contractors = The Contractor shallcooperate with the Department and other contractors by avoidinginterference with the work and storage of materials of othersengaged upon the work and .by performing his work, insofar as ispracticable, in the proper sequence in relation to that of othercontractors and as directed by the Engineer.

20. Hazardous Substances: The Contractor shallevaluate all substances, used in the materials or equipmentfurnished, in accordance with the requirements of GeneralIndustry Safety Order 5194 of Title 8 of the California

F1-8

Page 46: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F1 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

Administrative Code and Division 5, Chapter 2.5 of theCalifornia Labor Code. The Contractor shall furnish a materialsafety data sheet CMSDS) for each hazardous substance and foreach hazardous mixture of substances used. The MSDS's shall befurnished to the Department, on, or prior to, the date of thefirst delivery of the materials or equipment.

If the specifications require that the Contractorfurnish instruction books, the MSDS's shall also be included insuch books.

21. Materials to be Installed by the Department; TheDepartment will install the following material:

a. Portable chlorination equipment.

b. Influent line and effluent line.

c. Power source to the power meter.

The Contractor shall install all materials other thanthose specified in this Article which may be required tocomplete the work.

F1-9

Page 47: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F2 - EARTHWORK

1. General:

a. The Contractor shall perform all earthwork required forconstruction of the work as specified and shown.

b. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of theState of California and the City of Los Angeles Agencies having jurisdictionover such work.

c. Recommendations made in the North Hollywood AerationTower Geotechnical Report, AX 4:3&*1> shall be part of this specification.

2. Excavation;

a. General; Except when specifically provided to thecontrary, excavation shall include the removal of all materials of whatevernature encountered, including all obstructions of any nature that wouldinterfere with the proper execution and completion of the work. The removalof said materials shall conform to the lines and grades shown or ordered.Unless otherwise provided, the entire construction site shall be stripped ofall vegetation and debris, and such material shall be removed from the siteprior to performing any excavation or placing any fill. The Contractor shallfurnish, place, and maintain all supports and shoring that may be requiredfor the sides of the excavations, and all pumping, ditching, or otherapproved measures for the removal or exclusion of water, including takingcare of storm water and- waste water reaching the site of the work from anysource so as to prevent damage to the work or adjoining property.Excavations shall be sloped or otherwise supported in a safe manner inaccordance with applicable State safety requirements and the requirements ofOSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction (29 CFR1926).

b. Excavation Beneath Structures; Except where otherwisespecified for a particular structure or ordered by the Department, excavationshall be carried to the grade and line as shown on the drawings. Where shownor ordered, areas beneath structures shall be over-excavated. All excavatedmaterial shall be removed from the site. When such over-excavation is shownon the drawings, both over-excavation and subsequent backfill to the requiredgrade shall be performed by the Contractor at his own expense. When suchover-excavation is not shown but is ordered by the Department, such over-excavation, removal from the site, and any resulting backfill will be paidfor under a separate unit price bid item if such bid item has been

P2-1

Page 48: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F2 EARTHWORK

established; otherwise payment will be made in accordance with a negotiatedprice. After the required excavation or over-excavation has been

completed, surface shall be scarified to a depth of 6 inches, brought towithin two (2) percent of the optimum moisture content, and compacted to 95percent of maximum density, as determined by the ASTM D 1557-78 method ofcompaction.

c. Pipeline Trench Excavation;

(1) General; Unless otherwise shown or ordered,excavation for pipelines shall be open-cut trenches. The bottom of thetrench shall have a minimum width equal to the outside diameter of the pipeplus 12 inches and a maximum width equal to the outside diameter of the pipeplus 20 inches. Except when otherwise shown or ordered by the Department,the bottom of the trench shall be excavated uniformly to the grade of thebottom of the pipe. The maximum amount of open trench permitted in any onelocation shall be 500 feet,, or the length necessary to accommodate the amountof pipe installed in a single day, whichever is greater- All trenches shallbe fully backfilled at the end of each day or, in lieu thereof, when approvedby the Department, heavy steel plate adequately braced and capable ofsupporting vehicular traffic may be used in certain locations where it isimpractical to backfill at the end of each day. The above requirements forbackfilling or use of steel plate may be waived in cases where the trench islocated further than 100 feet from any travelled roadway or occupiedstructure. In such cases, however, barricades and warning lightssatisfactory to the Department shall be provided and maintained.

d. Over-excavation Not Ordered, Specified, or Shown; Alloverexcavation not ordered by the Department, and lying below the foundationor footing subgrade shall be backfilled with: (1) portland cement concretehaving the same strength and composition as required for the structuralfoundation or footing and shall be placed raonolithically with structuralfoundation or footing; or (2) compacted backfill. All compacted backfillshall meet the compaction requirements of this Division. The method ofbackfill will be selected by the Department. Such work shall be performed bythe Contractor at his own expense.

e. Disposal of Unsuitable Excavated Material; Excavatedmaterial shall be disposed of completely off the site at a dump site approvedby the governing jurisdiction at the expense of the Contractor.

f. Rock Excavation: Rock excavation shall include removaland disposal of the following: (1) all boulders measuring 1/3 of a cubicyard or more in volume; (2) all rock material in ledges, bedding deposits,and unstratified masses which cannot be removed without systematic drillingand blasting; (3) concrete or masonry structures which have been abandoned;and (4) conglomerate deposits which are so firmly cemented that they possess

F2-2

Page 49: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F2 EARTHWORK

the characteristics of solid rock and which cannot be removed withoutsystematic drilling and blasting.

3. Backfill:

a. General; Materials used for backfill shall be importfill material approved by the Department. All backfill shall be free ofdeleterious debris and cobble larger than 6 inches. Backfill shall not bedropped directly upon any structure or -pipe. Materials used for backfillshall be free from grass, roots, brush, or other vegetation. Material comingwithin 12 inches of any structure or 6 inches of any pipe shall be free ofrocks or unbroken masses of earthy materials having maximum dimension largerthan 3 inches. ^

b. Backfill Around and Beneath Structures, and Beneath PavedAreas; Except where otherwise specified for a particular structure orordered by the Department, backfill placed around and beneath structures, andbeneath paved areas, shall meet the requirements for structural fill materialand shall be placed in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches in thickness,as measured before compaction. The layers shall not exceed 6 inches inthickness before compaction where compaction shall be attained by means ofhand-operated power-driven tampers. The backfill shall be brought up evenlywith each layer moistened to within two (2) percent of the optimum moisturecontent and compacted by mechanical means to 95 percent of maximum density(ASTM D 1557-78) beneath structures and paved areas, and 90 percent ofmaximum density (ASTM D 1557-78) around the sides of structures where nopavement is to be constructed.

c. Import Fill Material:

(1) If required, import fill material Shall be cleanand granular and free from vegetable matter and other deleterious substances.Prior to importing, obtain approval of the Department. Import material is tobe placed in uniform horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches in depth inorder to prevent differential settlement beneath any structure. All importedsoil shall have a resistivity greater than 10,000 ohm-centimeters.

Structural fill material shall meet the following requirements:

(1) No particle shall be more than six inches in its largestdimension.

(2) Fill shall be free of perishable material.(3) Plastic index of 15 or less.(4) Liquid limit of 30 or less.(5) Expansion index of 20 or less.(6) Sand equivalent of 20 or more.

F2-3

Page 50: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F2 ' EARTHWORK

d. Pipeline Trench Backfill;

(1) Bedding and initial backfill shall be course sand,gravel or crushed rock with a sand equivalent value of not less than 30,compacted to 95% of relative compaction as determined by ASTM Method D-1557-78 where beneath paved areas and structures and 90% elsewhere. A minimum of4" of compacted granular bedding shall be placed under the pipe on theprepared trench bottom. The inital backfill material shall be carefullyplaced so as not to disturb the pipe alignment and shall be brought up evenlyon both sides of the pipe in compacted layers not exceeding 6-inch thickness.The initial backfill shall be brought to a level 6 inches above the top ofthe pipe.

(2) After the initial portion of backfill has beenplaced as specified above, backfilling of the remainder of the trench mayproceed. The remainder of the backfill shall be structural fill material andshall be placed in horizontal layers. Each layer shall be moistened, tamped,rolled or otherwise compacted to 95 percent maximum density (ASTM D 1557-78)where the trench is located under structures or paved areas, and 90 percentof maximum density (ASTM D 1557-78) elsewhere. Flooding and jetting shallnot be permitted.

4. Inspection and Te'sting:

a. Inspection: The Department will provide inspection andtesting during all excavation, grading filling and compacting operations, asrequired.

b. Retesting: Contractor shall pay all costs for retestingrequired as the result of the density test failures due to improper placementand pay all additional cost for inspection required as a result of correctingthe defective work.

c. Replacing; Where earthwork is performed without therequired inspection by the Department, the Contractor shall uncover andreplace such work at no additional cost to the Department if the Departmentdetermines that such work does not meet requirements of these specifications.

- END OP SECTION -

F2-4

Page 51: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

"spec. 7772

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F3 - DELETED

F3-1

Page 52: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

H000048

Spec. 7772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F4 - FENCING

1. General; The Contractor shall furnish and install the chainlink fencing as shown and specified. All fencing materials shall be hot-dipgalvanized after fabrication. Fencing and gates shall be topped with 3 linesof barbed wire unless otherwise shown. Fencing shall be 6 feet high unlessotherwise shown.

2. Materials: .. .

a. Fabric shall be No. 9 gage galvanized steel wire, 2-inchmesh.

b. Fabric ties shall be No. 9 gage galvanized steel wire,spaced 14 inches apart on posts and 24 inches apart on rails. Aluminum tieswill not be permitted. A continuous No. 7 gage galvanized steel wire shallbe interlaced with the fabric or attached to the fabric with clips along theextreme bottom of the fence, and shall be pulled taut.

c. Line posts shall be standard weight 2-1/2-inch OD pipe,3.65 Ibs per foot.

d. End and.corner posts shall be 3-inch OD pipe, 5.79 Ib perfoot.

per foot.

e. Gate posts shall be 4-inch OD pipe, 9.1 Ibs per foot.

f. Top rail and braces shall be 1-5/8-inch OD pipe, 2.27 Ibs

g. Barbed wire shall be 2-strand, 4-point, No. 12-1/2 gagezinc-coated steel or iron wire.

h. Nuts, bolts and screws shall be of steel, hot-dippedgalvanized after fabrication, minimum size 3/8-inch diameter.

i. Swing gate frames, if any, shall be constructed of pipeat least as heavy as the top rails for the fence and shall be fabricated bywelding. Each gate leaf shall be provided with at least one diagonal brace.Frames shall be galvanized after fabrication. Galvanized malleable ironfittings for latching the gate shall be provided. Fabric shall match thefabric used in the fence. Each pair of gates shall be provided with a heavydrop rod latch assembly with a locking device for a padlock.

j. Sliding gates shall be double-cantilever sliding gateswith chain link fabric to match the fencing. The gates shall be furnishedand installed complete. The gate manufacturer and installer shall be a

F4-1

Page 53: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

'DIVISION F4 FENCING

company with experience in manufacturing, enginering, and installing fencingand gates, such as Anchor Post Products, Inc.; Cyclone Fence; or equal. Gatecomponents shall be designed with adequate piping, bracing, and hardware.Design loads shall be not less than dead load, 150-lb live load at end andUBC wind load. Complete shop drawings of the gates shall be submitted inaccordance with Division Fl.

k. All gates shall be provided with 3 lines of barbed wireto match the fencing.

1. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of2,000 psi at the age of 28 days.

3. Installation:

a. Posts shall be set plumb and shall be centered inconcrete encasement. The top surfaces of the concrete encasement shall besloped outward to shed water and shall have a neat appearance. Line postsshall be spaced not more than 10 feet apart and shall be set in the ground toa depth of 36 inches. Posts shall be set in concrete bases not less than 12inches in diameter.

b. Bracing shall be provided at all end, gate, and cornerposts, the latter in both directions. Horizontal brace rails shall be setmidway between top rail and ground running from the corner, end, or gate postto first line post. Diagonal tension members shall connect tautly betweenposts below horizontal braces.

c. Any galvanized coating damaged during construction of thefencing shall be repaired by application of molten Galvo-Weld, Galvinox, orequal.

- END OF SECTION -

F4-2

Page 54: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7 7 7 2

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F5 - PAINTING AND COATING

1. General;

a. This division covers surface preparation, furnishing andapplication of industrial coatings, architectural coatings, coatings forsevere and submerged service, and special protective coatings.

b. It is the intent that all surfaces be painted, whethereach item is specifically mentioned or not, as specified in the coatingsystem schedules. Concrete, stainless steel, machined surfaces, greasefittings, glass, equipment naraeplates and anodized aluminum surfaces shallnot be painted unless specified on the drawings, by this Division, or byother divisions of these specifications.

c. In accordance with Division FS.l.b, the color schemeshall be the following for exterior painted or coated surfaces:

ProductColor Application Designation

Tiger Eye Ladders, rails, and walkways Tneraec AF32 orequivalent

Gulf Green Exterior, pipes and ducts Tnemec AX22 orgreater than four inches equivalentin diameter

Tourmaline All other painted or coated Tneraec AYS2 orsurfaces equivalent

d. The painting and coating subcontractor must possess avalid state license as required for performance of the painting and coatingwork called for in this specification.

e. The painting and coating subcontractor must provide fivereferences which show successful experience with the specified coatingsystems. The name, address and the telephone number for the owner of eachinstallation shall be included.

f. If surface preparation or painting and coating areconducted in the field, the Contractor shall obtain, at his own expense, allnecessary permits for such activities, including but not limited to, thoserequired by the South Coast Air Quality Management District.

F5-1

Page 55: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P5 PAIHTING AND COATING

2. Ventilation and Inspection;

a. Illumination; While work is in progress, adequateillumination, including explosion-proof lights and electrical equipment shallbe provided. Whenever required by the Department, additional illuminationshall be provided to cover all areas to be inspected. The level ofillumination for inspection purposes shall be determined by the Department.

b. Temporary Ladders and Scaffolding: Scaffolding shall beerected where requested by the Department to facilitate inspection and moveto locations as requested by the Department.

c. Forced Air Ventilation of Steel Reservoirs and EnclosedHydraulic Structures; In accordance with Subparagraph F5.2.C, forced airventilation is required for the application and curing of coatings on theinterior surfaces of steel reservoirs and enclosed hydraulic structures.During curing periods, air shall be continuously exhausted from a manhole inthe lowest shell ring or in the case of an enclosed hydraulic structure, fromthe lowest level of the structure using portable ducting. After all interiorcoating operations have been completed, a final curing period of a minimum often days shall be provided, during which the forced air ventilation systemshall operate continuously.

3. Manufacturer Representation;

The paint manufacturer shall furnish a qualified technicalrepresentative to visit the job site for technical support as specified inParagraph F5.4.b and as may be necessary to resolve field problemsattributable to or associated with the manufacturer's products furnishedunder this contract.

4. Subcittals:

• a. Paint Manufacturer's Information: In accordance withDivision PI, the paint manufacturer shall submit a summary at least 30 daysprior to painting which references the paint system numbers to themanufacturer's proposed products plus the following information:

(1) Paint manufacturer's data sheet for each productused, including statements on the suitability of the material for theintended use.

(2) Paint manufacturer's instructions andrecommendations on surface preparation and application.

F5-2

Page 56: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

'1000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 ' PAINTING AND COATING

(3) Colors available for each product (whereapplicable).

(4) Compatibility of shop and field applied coatings(where applicable).

(5) Material safety data sheet for each product used.

(6) Two sets of color samples and stain samples tomatch each color selected by the'department from the manufacturer's standardcolor sheets. Stain samples shall be provided on the same material as in thefinal installation. Color and stain samples shall be not less than 8-inchesby ID-inches in size. If custom mixed colors are required by this Division,color samples shall be made using color formulations prepared to match thecolor samples furnished by the Department and the color formula shall betransferred to the back of each color sample.

b. Manufacturer's Certification: For each submerged andsevere service coating system, the paint manufacturer is required to certifythat:

(1) The manufacturer's representative has provided atleast six hours of onsite instruction in the proper surface preparation, use,mixing, application, and curing of the coating.

(2) The manufacturer's representative has personallyobserved the start of surface-. preparation, use, mixing, application andprovision for curing of the coating.

These manufacturer's certifications shall be submitted within10 days of completion of each paint system.

c. Applicator's Certification; For submerged and severeservice coating systems, the applicator shall be required to certify that:

(1) Immediately before painting, surfaces matched thespecified preparation and were in suitable condition: clean, dry, and free ofdust, rust, and mill scale.

(2) Surface preparation and coating use, mixing,application/ and curing were done in accordance with the current printedinstructions and recommendations of the paint manufacturer, and thesespecifications.

(3) The products specified were used and a listing ofthe names of the products and their manufacturer were provided.

F5-3

Page 57: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 PAINTING AND COATING

(4) The products were used within the shelf-lifedates, and the shelf-life dates of each container of each product used wererecorded.

(5) The specified dry film thickness of coatings areon the items.

(6) The quantities of each product used are recordedand filed with copies of the- paint manufacturer's invoice.

(7) Compatible paints were used for shop and fieldapplied coatings made by the same manufacturer.

A list of the dates and locations that the coating work wasdone for the various surfaces coated shall be submitted, along with a list ofthe dry film thickness obtained for each coat. These paint applicator'scertifications shall be submitted within 10 days after completion of eachpaint system.

5. Recoating of Surfaces with Existing Coatings;

Items of equipment or surfaces with existing coatings which arerequired to be coated with the. materials specified in this Division arelisted in the coating system schedules.

6. Protection of Surfaces Not to be Coated;

a. Surfaces and equipment which are not to receive coatingsshall be protected during surface preparation, cleaning and paintingoperations.

b. Hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, machinedsurfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and othersurfaces not- intended to be painted shall be removed, masked or otherwiseprotected. Drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marringadjacent surfaces shall be provided. Working parts of mechanical andelectrical equipment shall be protected from damage during surfacepreparation and painting. Openings in motors and equipment shall be maskedto prevent abrasives, paint and other materials from entering.

c. Care not to damage adjacent work during sandblastingoperations shall be exercised. Spray painting shall be conducted undercontrolled conditions. Any damage to adjacent work or adjoining propertyoccurring from sandblasting or spray painting operations shall be promptlyrepaired.

F5-4

Page 58: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

000004Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 . PAINTING AND COATING

7. Quality Control;

a. The Department shall be given a minimum of 3 days advancenotice of the start of any field surface preparation work or coating applica-tion work/ and a minimum of seven days advance notice of the start of anyshop surface preparation work.

b. Work shall be performed only in the presence of theDepartment, unless the Department has granted prior approval to perform suchwork in his absence.

c. Inspection by the Department, or the waiver of inspectionof any particular portion of the work, does not relieve the Contractor of hisresponsibility to perform the work in accordance with these specifications.

8. Warranty Inspection:

A warranty inspection may be conducted during the eleventh monthfollowing completion of all coating and painting work. The Contractor and arepresentative of the coating material manufacturer shall attend thisinspection. All defective work shall be repaired in accordance with thesespecifications and to the satisfaction of the Department. The Departmentmay, by written notice to the Contractor, reschedule the warranty inspectionwithin the contract guarantee period, or may cancel the warranty inspectionaltogether. If a warranty inspection is not held during or before theguarantee period, the Contractor is not relieved of his guaranteeresponsibilities under Part E.

9. Aeration Tower Eleven Month Inspection;

An eleven month inspection which is in compliance with AWWA D102-78, Section 9, "First Anniversary Inspection" shall be provided, except thatthe inspection will be performed during the eleventh month after the datewhen the aeration tower was placed into service. A representative of thecoating material manufacturer will be required to attend the inspection. Allcoating defects shall be repaired in accordance with these specifications andto the satisfaction of the Department. If a warranty inspection is not heldduring or before the eleventh month, the Contractor is not relieved of hisguarantee responsibilities under Part E.

10. Materials;

a. The coating materials used shall be suitable for theintended use and recommended by their manufacturer for the intended service.

P5-5

Page 59: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 ' PAINTING AND COATING

b. Quality products from nationally-known manufacturershaving an established good reputation in the manufacture of qualityprotective coatings shall be used. The products used shall have a minimum offive years of similar, satisfactory field service.

c. In any coating system, compatible coatings and productsfrom only one manufacturer shall be used. Coatings used for touch up shallbe the same as the original materials.

d. Materials shall be used within the manufacturer'srecommended shelf life.

e. Paint materials shall be delivered to the job site in themanufacturer's unopened containers and a list of all batch numbers shall beprepared for the Department prior to the start of work.

f. Where practicable, each succeeding coat of paint shall beapplied using a different color or shade. Where a particular finish color isspecified herein, it is for bidding purposes only. Finish colors shall becustom mixed to match color samples furnished by the Department.

g. Where alternative products are specified, selection fromamong the alternatives is at the Contractor's option.

h. The Contractor may submit for consideration paintmaterials of manufacturers other than those specified herein. Satisfactorydocumentation from the firm manufacturing the proposed material that thematerial shall be provided to show .Tieets the specified requirements and isequivalent or better than the listed materials in the following properties.

(1) Quality

(2) Durability

(3) Resistance to abrasion and physical damage

(4) Life expectancy

(5) Ability to recoat in future

(6) Solids content by volume

(7) Dry film thickness per coat

(8) Compatibility with other coatings

F5-6

Page 60: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 PAINTING AND COATING

(4) All sharp edges shall be ground round or chamferedand all burrs and surface defects shall be ground smooth prior to blastcleaning.

(5) The type and size of abrasive selected shallproduce a surface profile that meets the coating manufacturer'srecommendation for the particular coating and service conditions.

(6) The abrasive shall not be reused unless approvedby the Department. Clean, oil-free abrasives shall be maintained.

(7) The applicable federal, state, and local airpollution control regulations for blast cleaning shall be complied.

(8) Compressed air for air blast cleaning shall besupplied, at adequate pressure, from well maintained compressors equippedwith oil/moisture separators which remove at least 95 percent of thecontaminants.

(9) All surfaces shall be cleaned of dust and residualparticles from the cleaning operation by dry air blast cleaning, vacuuming oranother approved method prior to painting.

(10) Enclosed areas and other areas where dust settlingis a problem shall be vacuum cleaned and wiped with a tack cloth.

(11) If newly applied coatings are damaged ordefective, the coating shall be removed by the specified blast cleaning inorder to meet the clean surface requirements before recoating.

(12) If the specified abrasive blast cleaning willdamage adjacent work, the area to be cleaned is less than 100 square feet andthe coated surface will not be submerged in service, then SSPC-SP-2, handtool cleaning or SSPC-SP-3, power tool cleaning may be used to achieve thespecified surface preparation.

(13) Shop applied coatings of unknown composition shallbe completely removed before the specified coatings are applied. Valves,castings, ductile or cast iron pipe, fabricated pipe and equipment shall beexamined for the presence of shop applied temporary coatings. Temporarycoatings shall be completely removed by solvent cleaning before the abrasiveblast cleaning work is started.

(14) Shop primed equipment shall be alkaline cleaned,per Division FS.ll.c, in the field before finish coats are applied.

F5-8

Page 61: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

DIVISION F5

Spec . 7772

PAINTING AND COATING

application

topcoats

(9) Suitability for the intended service

(10) Resistance to chemical attack

(11) Temperature limitations in service and during

(12) Type and quality of recommended undercoats and

(13) Blase of application

(14) Ease of repairing damaged areas

(15) Stability of colors

Tests and analyses shall be provided of the proposedsubstitute materials as required by the Department. If the proposedsubstitution requires changes in the contract work, the Contractor shall bearall such costs involved and the costs of allied trades affected by thesubstitution.

11. Preparation of Surfaces:

a. Substrate surfaces that are prepared shall be inspectedand provided in accordance with these specifications and the printedinstructions and recommendations of the paint manufacturer whose product isapplied.

b. Metal Surface Preparation (Ungalvanized) :

(1) The minimum abrasive blasting surface preparationis as specified in the coating system schedules. Where there is a conflictbetween thes~e specifications and the coating manufacturer's recommendationsfor the intended service, the higher degree of cleaning shall be provided.

(2) Workmanship, materials and methods for metalsurface preparation shall be provided in conformance with the referencedcurrent Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) specifications and thisDivision. Blast cleaned surfaces that match the standard samples availablefrom the. National Association of Corrosion Engineers, NACE Standard TH-01-70shall be provided.

(3) Surfaces to be coated shall be inspected and alloil, grease, welding fluxes and other surface contaminants shall be removedby alkaline washing per Paragraph 204. 11 (c) prior to blast cleaning.

F5-7

Page 62: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P5 PAINTING AND COATING

(2) Nonferrous metal surfaces shall be solvent cleanedper SSPC-SP-1 and then sand or brush blast.

(3) Surfaces shall be clean and dry prior to coating.

12. Coating Application;

a. Coatings shall be applied to steel substrates inaccordance with "Paint Application Specification No. 1", (SSPC-PA-1), SteelStructures Painting Council. Experienced workers, who are skilled inapplication of the coating materials, shall be used.

b. Cleaned surfaces and all- coats prior to each succeedingcoat shall be inspected. Such inspection shall be scheduled with theDepartment in advance.

c. All coatings shall be applied in accordance withmanufacturer's instructions, recommendations and these specifications. Ifdirections differ, the most stringent requirements shall be followed.

d. Blast cleaned ferrous metal surfaces shall be coatedbefore any rusting or other deterioration of the surface occurs. Only thosesurfaces that can be coated in the same working day shall be blast cleaned.

e. Each coat will be subject to inspection prior toapplication of the next coat.

f. For submerged and severe service conditions, such asindicated for tower interior and the entire standpipe interior, brush-applycoating material shall be brush applied to edges, angles, weld seams,flanges, nuts and bolts, and other places where insufficient film thicknessesare likely to be present prior to the first coat. Stripe painting shall beused for other exposed areas.

g. Particular attention shall be paid to materials whichwill be joined so closely that proper surface preparation and paintapplication is not possible. Such surfaces shall be painted prior toassembly or installation.

h. All finish coats, including touch-up and damage repaircoats shall be applied in a manner which will present a uniform texture andcolor matched appearance.

i. Coatings shall not be applied (1) in temperatureconditions outside the manufacturer's recommended range, (2) in dust, smoke-laden atmosphere, (3) damp or humid weather, (4) when the temperature is less

P5-10

Page 63: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 PAINTING AND. COATING

c. Surface Preparation for Galvanized Ferrous Metal;

(1) Galvanized ferrous metal shall be alkaline cleanedto remove oil, grease, and other contaminants detrimental to adhesion ofpainting system to be used. The alkaline cleaner shall be prepared by adding1/2 to 1 pound of trisodium phosphate and 2 to 4 ounces of detergent to eachgallon of hot water. The cleaner shall be applied generously and thesurfaces shall be scrubbed thoroughly with brushes. After scrubbing, thesurfaces shall be washed thoroughly with hot fresh water under pressure.

(2) Pretreatraent coatings shall be used for galvanizedsurfaces as recommended by the coating manufacturer.

d. Surface Preparation of Ferrous Surfaces with ExistingCoatings;

(1) General; All grease, oil, heavy chalk, dirt orother contaminants shall be removed by solvent or detergent cleaning prior toabrasive blast cleaning. The generic type of the existing coatings shall bedetermined by laboratory testing.

(2) Abrasive Blast Cleaning; The degree of cleaningspecified in the coating system schedule shall be provided for the entiresurface to be coated. If cleaning is not specified in the schedule,deteriorated coatings shall be removed by abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. Areas of tightly adhering coatings shall becleaned to SSPC-SP-7, Brush-off Blast Cleaning, with the remaining thicknessof existing coating prior to application of the new coating not to exceed 3mils.

(3) Incompatible Coatings: If the coating to beapplied is not compatible with the existing coating system, an intermediatecoating shall be applied, after abrasive blast cleaning, per the paintmanufacturer *-s recommendation. As an alternate to the intermediate coatingthe existing coating may be completely removed by abrasive blast cleaning. Asmall trial application shall be conducted for compatibility prior topainting large areas.

(4) Unknown Coatings; Coatings of unknown compositionshall be completely removed prior to application of new coatings.

e. Plastic, Fiberglass and Non-Ferrous Metals SurfacePreparation:

(1) Fiberglass surfaces shall be lightly sanded andthen solvent cleaned with a chemical compatible with the coating systemprimer.

F5-9

Page 64: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

11000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 PAINTING AND COATING

than 5 degrees P above dewpoint, (5)'when it is expected the air temperaturewill drop below 40 degrees P, or less than 5 degrees P above the dewpointwithin 8 hours after application of coating. The dewpoint shall be measuredby use of a sling psychroraeter in conjunction with U.S. Dept. of CommerceHeather Bureau psychrometric tables.

j. Steel piping shall be abrasive blasted and primed beforeinstallation.

k. The finisb.,.jg0at on all work shall be applied after allconcrete, masonry, and equipment installation is complete and the work areasare clean and dust free.

13. Shop Applied Coatings;

a. All items of equipment, or parts of equipment which arenot submerged in service, shall be shop primed and then finish coated in thefield after installation with the specified or approved color. The methods,materials, application equipment and all other details of shop painting shallcomply with these specifications. If the shop primer requires topcoatingwithin a limited period of time, the equipment shall be finish coated in theshop and touch-up painted after installation.

b. For all items of equipment or parts and surfaces ofequipment which are submerged in service, with the exception of pumps andvalves, surface preparation and coating work shall be performed in the field.

c. Preparation and coating of the interior surfaces of theaeration tower and the standpipe shall be conducted in the field.

d. For certain pieces of equipment it may be undesirable orimpractical to apply finish coatings in the field. Such equipment mayinclude engine generator sets, equipment such as electric control panels,switchgear or main control boards, submerged parts of pumps, ferrous metalpassages in valves, or other items where it is not possible to obtain thespecified quality in the field. Such equipment shall be shop primed andfinish coated in the shop using the specified or approved color, and touch-upcoated in the field with the identical material after installation. Themanufacturer of each such piece of equipment shall be required to certify, aspart of his shop drawings, that surface preparation is in accordance withthese specifications. The coating material data sheet shall be submittedwith the shop drawings for the equipment, in accordance with Division Fl.

e. For certain small pieces of equipment the manufacturermay have a standard coating system which is suitable for the intended serviceconditions. In such cases, the final determination of suitability shall be

F5-11

Page 65: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec, 7772

DIVISION F5 ' PAINTING AND COATING

made during review of the' shop drawing submittals. Equipment of this typegenerally includes only indoor equipment such as instruments, smallcompressors, and chemical metering pumps.

f. Shop painted surfaces shall be protected during shipmentand handling by suitable provisions including padding, blocking, and the useof canvas or nylon slings. Primed surfaces shall not be exposed to theweather for more than six months, or less time if recommended by the coatingmanufacturer, before being topcoated.

g. Damage to shop applied coatings shall be repaired inaccordance with this Division and the coating manufacturers instructions.

h. It shall be made certain that the shop primers and fieldtopcoats are made by the same manufacturer and that they meet therequirements of this Division. Copies of applicable coating manufacturer'sdata sheets shall be submitted with equipment shop drawings.

14. Cleanup:

Opon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding andcontainers shall be removed from the site. Coating spots and oil or stain onadjacent surfaces shall be removed and the job site cleaned. All damage toadjacent surfaces or. facilities resulting from the work performed under thecontract to restore the adjacent surfaces to their original condition shallbe repaired and cleaned.

15. Testing;

a. Holiday Testing; All coated ferrous surfaces inside theaeration tower and standpipe or surfaces which will be submerged in water orother liquids shall be tested for pinholes in the coating using an approvedholiday detector. Additionally, any other ferrous surfaces requiredelsewhere in" these specifications to be tested for holidays, shall be testedin accordance with the provisions of this Division. Areas found to containpinholes shall be repaired or recoated in accordance with the coatingmanufacturer's instructions and retest.

(1) Coatings with Thickness Exceeding 20 mils^ Forsurfaces having a total dry film coating thickness exceeding 20 mils: Pulse-type holiday detector, Tinker & Rasor Model AP-W, D.E. Stearns Co., Model14/20 or equal, adjusted to operate at the voltage required to cause a sparkjump across an air gap equal to twice the specified coating thickness, shallbe used.

F5-12

Page 66: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

DIVISION F5

Spec. 7772

PAINTING AND COATING

(2) Coatings with Thickness of 20 mils or Less; Forsurfaces having a total dry film coating thickness of 20 mils or less: Tinker& Rasor Model Ml non-destructive type holiday detector, K-D Bird Dog, orequal, operating at less than 75 volts, 'shall be used. For thicknessesbetween 10 and 20 mils, a non-sudsing type wetting agent, Kodak Photo-Flo, orequal, shall be added to the water prior to wetting the detector sponge.

b. Testing Dry Film Thickness; On ferrous metals, coatingthickness shall be measured with a magnetic type dry film thickness gaugesuch as Mikrotest Model FM, Elcoraeter Model 111/1EZ, or equal. Each coatshall be checked for the correct thickness. No measurement will be madeuntil at least 8 hours after application of the coating.

16. Coating System ule, Ferrous Metal - Not Galvanized;

SERVICECONDITIONS

MINIMUMCLEANING

COATINGSYSTEM

All exposed surfacesindoors and outdoors,except those includedbelow

Buried small steelpipe

Burted pipe couplings,valves, and flangedjoints (where pipingis mortar coated stealor reinforced concrete),including epoxy coatedsurfaces

Ferrous surfaces inwater passages of allvalves 4-inch sizeand larger, exteriorsurfaces of submergedvalves

Ferrous surfaces ofsleeve-type couplings

Hear white metal blastcleaning SSPC-SP-10

Removal of dirt, grease,oil

Removal of dirt,grease, oil

5-inorganiczinc/polyur-ethane

300-PVC tape

306-cementraortar coating

White metal blast cleaningSSPC-ST-5

206-fusionbonded epoxy

White metal blastcleaning SSPC-SP-5

206-fusionbonded epoxy

F5-13

Page 67: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

DIVISION F5

Spec. 7772

PAINTING AND COATING

f. Buried surfaces thatare not specified tobe coated elsewhere

g. Indoor architecturalsheet metal, flashings,,doors frames, exposedducts

h. Surfaces of indoorequipment

Near white metalblast cleaningSSPC-SP-10

Commercial blastcleaning SSPC-SP-6

Commercial blastcleaning SSPC-SP-6

203-coal tarepoxy

1-alkyd enamel

4-aliphaticpolyurethane

17. Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal - Galvanized;

Pretreatment coatings or washes shall be applied as recommended bythe coating manufacturer. All galvanized surfaces shall be coated except forthe following items unless required by other Divisions:

1. Floor gratings and frames2. Handrails3. Stair treads4. Chain link fencing and appurtenances

SERVICECONDITIONS

a. All exposed surfacesindoors and outdoorsexcept those includedbelow

b. Buried small steel pipe

MINIMUMCLEANING

Alkaline cleaningper Paragraph F5.ll

Removal of dirt, greaseoil

COATINGSYSTEM

4-aliphaticpolyurethane

300-PVC tape

c. Buried miscellan-eous surfaces,couplings, valves,and flanged joints

d. Indoor architecturalsheet metal, flashings,doors, frames, exposedducts

Removal of dirt,grease, oil

Alkaline cleaning perParagraph F5.ll

301-rich port-land cementmortar

1-alkyd enamel

F5-14

Page 68: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

DIVISION F5

Spec. 7 7 7 2

PAINTING AND COATING

18. Coating System Schedule, Aeration Tower Interior:

For aeration tower exterior and standpipe exterior coating systems,see Ferrous Metal-Not Galvanized, Division F5.16.

The aeration tower interior will be subjected to mixtures of airand water when the tower is in service. The water will also contain up to 4parts per million chlorine and up to 2 parts per million sodiumhexaraetaphosphate.

SERVICECONDITIONS

All interior surfacesbeginning one footabove the top of theblower discharge airduct and above,including all plates,structural members, androof supports

Submerged contactsurfaces that are notaccessible aftererection

Interior surfacesexclusive of surfacesin a. and b., includ-ing overflow, drain &other piping out to thefirst valve or coupling

MINIMUMCLEANING

White metal blastCleaning SSPC-SP-5

White metal blastcleaning SSPC-SP-5

White metal blastcleaning SSPC-SP-5

COATINGSYSTEM

205-Part A,inorganiczinc/epoxy

205-Part B,inorganiczinc/epoxy

205-Part B,inorganiczinc/epoxy

19. CoatingFiberglass;

System Schedule, Non-Ferrous Metal, Plastic,

Where isolated non-ferrous parts are associated with equipment orpiping, the coating system for the adjacent connected surfaces shall be used.Handrails, gratings, frames and hatches shall not be coated. Primers shallbe used as recommended by the coating manufacturer.

F5-15

Page 69: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

DIVISION F5

Spec. 7772

PAINTING AND COATING

SERVICECONDITIONS

a. All exposed surfaces,indoors and outdoors,except those includedbelow

MINIMUMCLEANING

Solvent cleanedSSPC-SP-1

COATINGSYSTEM

4-aliphaticpolyurethane

b. Aluminum surfaces incontact with concrete,or with any other metalexcept galvanizedferrous metal

Solvent cleanedSSPC-SP-1

308-aluminurametal isolation

c. Polyvinyl chlorideplastic piping,indoors and outdoors,or in structures, notsubmerged

d. Fiberglass surfaces

e. Buried non-ferrousmetal pipe

Solvent cleanedSSPC-SP-1

7-acrylic latex

Per Paragraph FS.ll.e

Removal of dirt, grease,oil

12-aliphaticpolyurethane-fiberglass

300-PVC tape

20. Industrial Coating System:

a. Material Sources; Each of the following manufacturers iscapable of supplying many of the industrial coating materials specified inthis paragraph. Where manufacturers and paint numbers are listed, it is toshow the type and quality of coatings that are required. Proposed substitutematerials must be shown to satisfy the material descriptions and to equal orexceed the properties of the listed materials as required in Division F5.10.

(1) Ameron(2) Carboline Coatings Company(3) Engard Coatings Corporation(4) Glidden Coatings and Resins(5) Koppers Company, Inc.

(6) Mobil Chemical Company(7) Pittsburgh Paints(8) Rust-Oleum Corporation(9) Tnemec Company

F5-16

Page 70: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 PAINTING AND COATING

b. System 1 - Alkyd Enamel;

(1) Materials: High quality, gloss or serai-gloss,medium long oil alkyd finish. Minimum solids content of 40 percent byvolume.

(2) Ameron Alternate: Prime coat Amercoat 5105 (3rails). Finish coats (minimum of 2} Amercoat 5401 (3 mils). Total thicknessof system (6 mils).

(3) Engard Alternate; Prime coat Engard 126 (3 mils).Finish coats (minimum of 2) Engard 222 (3 mils). Total thickness of system(6 mils). «

(4) Koppers Alternate: Prime coat Koppers 622LCF (3mils). Finish coats (minimum of 2) Koppers 501 (3 mils). Total thickness ofsystem (6 mils).

c. System 3 - Aliphatic Polyurethane;

(1) Materials; Two component aliphatic acrylicpolyurethane coating material that provides superior color and glossretention, resistance to splash from acid and alkaline chemicals, andresistance to chemical fumes and severe weathering. Primer shall be a rustinhibitive polyamide epoxy coating with a minimum solids content of 44percent by volume.

(2) Ameron Alternate; Prime Coat Amercoat 71 (2rails). Finish coats (minimum of2)Amercoat 450 GL (4 mils). Totalthickness of system (6 mils).

(3) Koppers Alternate: Prime coat Koppers 654 (2mils). Finish coats (minimum of 2) Koppers 1122B (4 mils). Total thicknessof system (6-mils).

(4) Tnemec Alternate; Prime coat Tneraec Series 66 (2mils). Finish coats (minimum of 2) Tnemec Series 72 (4 mils). Totalthickness of system (6 mils).

d. System 4 - Aliphatic Polyurethane;

(1) Materials; Two component aliphatic acrylicpolyurethane coating material that provides superior color and glossretention, resistance to splash from acid and alkaline chemicals, andresistance to chemical fumes and severe weathering. Primer shall be a rustinhibitive polyamide epoxy coating with a minimum solids content of 44percent by volume.

F5-17

Page 71: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 PAINTING AND COATING

(2) Ameron Alternate; - Prime Coat Amercoat 71 (2mils) . Finish coats (minimum of 2) Araercoat 450 GL {.4 rails) . Totalthickness of system (6 rails).

(3) Koppers Alternate; Prime coat Koppers 654 (2mils). Finish coats (minimum of 2) Koppers 1122B (4 mils). Total thicknessof system (6 mils).

(4) Tnemec Alternate; Prime coat Tnemec Series 66 (2mils). Finish coats (minimum of 2) Tneraec Series 72 (4 mils). Totalthickness of system (6 rails).

e. System 5 - Inorganic 2inc/Polyurethane;

(1) Materials; The inorganic zinc primer shall be awater or solvent based, self-curing, ethyl silicate two component inorganiccoating which contains at least 85 percent of metallic zinc by weight in thedried film, and is recommended by the coating manufacturer as a primer forthis system. The intermediate coat shall be a high-build polyamide curedepoxy with a solids content of at least 55 percent by volume. Finish coatsshall be a two component aliphatic acrylic polyurethane coating material thatprovides superior color and gloss retention, resistance to chemical fumes andsevere weathering.

(2) Ameron Alternate; Prime coat Dimetcote 9 (2mils). Intermediate coat Amercoat 383 HS (4 mils). Finish coats (minimum of2) Amercoat 450 GL (3 mils). Total thickness of system (9 mils).

(3) Koppers Alternate; Prime coat Koppers 701 (2rails). Intermediate coat Koppers Super High Solids Epoxy (4 mils). Finishcoats (minimum of 2) Koppers 1122B (3 mils). Total thickness of system (9mils) .

(4) Tnemec Alternate; Prime coat Tnemec Series 90E-92(2 mils) . Intermediate coat Tnemec Series 66 (4 rails) . Finish coats(minimum of 2) Tnemec Series 71 (3 mils). Total thickness of system (9mils) .

f. System 7 - Acrylic Latex;

(1) Materials; Single component, waterbased acryliclatex with a fungicide additive, minimum solids content of 35 percent byvolume. Prime with a manufacturer recommended primer.

(2) Carboline Alternate; Finish coats (minimum of 2)carboline 3300 (3 mils). Total thickness of system (6 mils).

F5-18

Page 72: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

DIVISION F5

0000048Spec. 7772

PAINTING AND COATING

(3) Mobil Alternate; Finish coats (minimum of 2)Mobil 79 Series (3 rails). Total thickness of system (6 mils).

(4) Tnemec Alternate; Finish coats (minimum of 2)Tneraec Series 6 (3 mils). Total thickness of system (6 mils).

(5) Ameron Alternate: Finish coats (minimum of 2)Amercoat 2104 (3 rails). Total thickness of system (6 rails).

g. System 12 -Aliphatic Polyurethane - Fiberglass;

(1) Materials; Two component aliphatic polyurethanecoating material that provides superior color and gloss retention, resistanceto splash from acid and alkaline chemicals, and resistance to chemical fumesand severe weathering.

(2) Koppers Alternate; Tack coat, first full wetcoat, second full wet coat Koppers 1122B. Apply in accordance withmanufacturer's printed instructions.

21. Submerged and Severe Service Coating Systems;

a. Material Sources; The manufacturers' products listed inthis paragraph are materials which satisfy the material descriptions of thisparagraph and have a documented successful record for long term submerged orsevere service conditions. If proposed materials are not listed below therequirements of Paragraph F5.10 apply. In addition, a list of at least teninstallations with similar service conditions for which the proposed productshave shown satisfactory performance for at least five years shall besubmitted for consideration. The name, address, and phone number of theowner of each installation shall be included.

b. System 203 - Coal Tar Epoxy;

(1) Materials; High build, two component amine orpolyamide cured coal tar epoxy, solids content of at least 68 percent byvolume, suitable for long term immersion in wastewater and for coating ofburied surfaces, and conforming to DOD-P-23236, Class 2, or to SSPC Paint 16.Prime coats are for use as a shop primer only. Prime coat shall be omittedwhen both surface preparation and coating are to be performed in the field.

(2) Ameron Alternate:mils). Finish coats (minimum ofthickness of system (17-1/2 mils).

2)Prime coat Amercoat 71 (1-1/2

Amercoat 78 HB (16 mils) . Total

F5-19

Page 73: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 PAINTING AND COATING

(3) Engard Alternate; Prime coat Engard 422 (1-1/2mils). Finish coats (minimum of 2) Engard 464 (16 mils). Total thickness ofsystem (17-1/2 rails).

(4) Koppers Alternate: Prime coat Koppers 654 (1-1/2mils) . Finish coats (minimum of 2) Koppers 300-M (16 mils). Total thicknessof system (17-1/2 mils) .

c. System 205 - Inorganic Zinc/Epoxy;

(1) Materials:

(i) Inorganic Zinc Primer; Water or solventbased, self-curing two component inorganic coating which contains a minimumof 85 percent metallic zinc by weight in the dried film and is recommended bythe coating manufacturer as a primer for the epoxy material.

AMERON ALTERNATE. Dimetcote 9CARBOLINE ALTERNATE. Carbo Zinc 11ENGARD ALTERNATE. 511TNEMEC ALTERNATE. Series 90E-92

(ii) Polymide Cured Epoxy: High build polyaraidecured epoxy coating with a solids content of at least 70 percent by volumeand a finish coat color of white. The material shall be capable of achievingat least 4 mils dry film thickness per coat.

CARBOLINE ALTERNATE. 191

(iii) Amine Cured Epoxy; High build araine curedepoxy coating with a solids content of at least 80 percent by volume and witha finish coat color of white or ivory. The material shall be capable ofachieving at least 5 mils dry film thickness per coat.

AMERON ALTERNATE. Amercoat 395ENGARD. 480TNEMEC. Series 104

(iv) The epoxy coating material shall be astraight epoxy resin and shall be either a polyaraide cured epoxy or an arainecured epoxy suitable for long-term immersion service in potable water.Materials that conform to Food and Drug Administration regulations for foodadditives and state and local health regulations and policies shall be usedfor service in potable water reservoirs. A written certification shall besubmitted which states that the proposed materials meet the above regulatoryagency standards and policies. The material shall be applied with a primerif recommended by the coating manufacturer.

F5-20

Page 74: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P5 PAINTING AND COATING

• (2) Part A;

(i) Pre-Coating (Prior to Erection or Assembly);All surfaces that will be inaccessible after erection or assembly shall beprecoated with inorganic zinc (2 mils).

(ii). Touch-Up (Following Erection); Areas whichhave become damaged during erection or were not pre-coated shall be spotsandblasted and recoated with a compatible solvent based inorganic zinccoating material recommended by the coating manufacturer (2 mils).

(iii) Difficult-to-Coat-Areas (FollowingErection); All edges, nuts, bo|ts, lap joints, weld seams and the roof rimangle shall receive one brush-applied coat of epoxy prior to the applicationof the complete spray coat.

(iv) Finish Coating; Exposed surfaces shall betopcoated with two coats of the epoxy coating material (8 rails). Totalthickness of system (10 mils).

(3) Part B;

(i) Difficult-to-Coat-Areas; All edges, nuts,bolts, lap joints, and weld seams shall receive one brush-applied coat priorto the application of each complete spray coat.

(ii) Coating; A minimum of two coats of epoxycoating material (16 mils) shall be used. Total thickness of system (16rails).

(4) Curing Periods; Prior to immersion, the completedsystem shall be subjected to at least 240 hours of curing time with the metaltemperature at a minimum of 70°Ff or 480 hours at a minimum of 60°F, bothconditions at a maximum relative humidity of 50 percent and under the forcedventilation conditions required by Paragraph F5.2. More curing time or ahigher temperature shall be provided if recommended by the epoxy coatingmanufacturer. If the environmental conditions do not provide the necessaryminimum temperature, heated air shall be used to provide the necessary heatfor curing. Other combinations of curing time and temperature may be used ifthe coating manufacturer presents satisfactory documentation and test resultsto substantiate that the degree of curing is equal or greater than curing for240 hours at 70°F.

F5-21

Page 75: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

:' \ I

S p e c . 7 7 7 2

DIVISION F5 PAINTING AND COATING

d. System 206 - Fusion Bonded Epoxy;

(1) Materials; The coating material shall be a 100percent powder epoxy applied in accordance with the "AWWA Standard forFusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel WaterPipelines," (AWWA C213) except that the surface preparation shall be asspecified in the coating system schedule of this Division. The coating shallbe applied using the fluidized bed process.

(2) Liquid Epoxy; Where, as confirmed by theDepartment, it would be impossible to use the powder epoxy method withoutcausing damage to the item, the use of a liquid epoxy shall be permitted, andapplied in not less than three coats to provide the required thickness.

(3) Thickness; A minimum dry coating thickness of 8mils shall be provided, except that the thickness of coating in valve groovesdesigned to receive a rubber gasket shall be approximately 5 mils.

(4) Repairs; For small local field repairs, a liquidepoxy recommended by the powder epoxy manufacturer shall be used.

(5) 3M Alternate; Scotchkote 203 powder epoxy andScotchkote 306 liquid epoxy.

(6) Michigan Chrome and Chemical Alternate; Miccron650 or 651 powder epoxy and a manufacturer recommended liquid epoxy.

22. Special Protective Coating Systems;

a. System 300 - PVC Tape;

Prior to wrapping the pipe with PVC tape, the pipe andfittings shall be primed using a primer recommended by the PVC tapemanufacturer; After being primed, the pipe shall be wrapped with a 20-miladhesive PVC tape, half-lapped, to a total thickness of 40 mils.

b. System 301 - Rich Portland Cement Mortar;

Rich portland cement mortar coating shall be used to a minimumthickness of 1/8-inch, followed by enclosure in an 8-rail thick polyethylenesheet with all joints and edges lapped and sealed with tape.

c. System 306 - Cement Mortar Coating;

A 1-inch minimum thickness mortar coating reinforced with 3/4-inch galvanized steel fabric mesh shall be applied. The cement mortar shall

F5-22

Page 76: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F5 ' PAINTING AND COATING

contain no less than 1 part cement to 3 parts sand.. The cement mortar shallbe cured by a curing compound meeting the requirements of "Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" (ASTM C309), Type II, white pigmented,or by enclosure in an 8-rail thick polyethylene sheet with all joints andedges lapped by at least 6 inches.

d. System 308 - Aluminum Metal Isolation:

A wash primer (0.5 mils) shall be applied followed by one coatof heavy bodied bituminous paint such as Koppers Super Service Black (8mils). Total thickness of system (8.5 mils).

- END OF SECTION -

F5-23

Page 77: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772PART P - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F6 - CONCRETE

1. General; The - Contractor shall furnish all materials forconcrete and shall form, mix, place', cure, repair, finish and do all otherwork incidental to the construction of all portland cement concrete as shown.Ready-mix concrete meeting the requirements of Paragraph F6.21 will bepermitted.

2. Proportioning:

a. General; Concrete shall be composed of cement,admixtures, aggregates, and water. These materials shall be of the qualitiesspecified. The exact proportions in which these materials are to be used fordifferent parts of the work shall be determined by the Contractor andsubmitted to the Department foe approval in accordance with Division Fl priorto use in the work. In general, the mix shall be designed to produce aconcrete capable of being deposited so as to obtain maximum density andminimum shrinkage and, where deposited in forms, to have maximum smoothnessof surface. Mix designs with more than 41 percent of sand of the totalweight of fine and coarse aggregate shall not be permitted. The proportionsshall be changed whenever necessary or desirable to meet the required resultsat no.additional cost to the Department. All changes shall be submitted forapproval by the Department in accordance with Division Fl.

b. Compressive Strength: Concrete shall have a 28-daycompressive strength of 4,000 psi.

3. Cement and Admixtures;

a. Cement: All cement used on the work shall be standardbrand portland cement conforming to the "Specifications for Portland Cement"(ASTM C150), Type II or Type V.

b. Admixtures; At the Contractor's option, or at therequest of "the Department, but in either case at the expense of theContractor, an admixture may be added to the concrete to control the set,effect water reduction and increase workability. Except as otherwisespecified, such admixture shall be a water-reducing retarder conforming toASTM C494. All admixtures shall conform to the Los Angeles City BuildingCode.

4. Aggregates; Aggregates shall conform to the "StandardSpecifications for Concrete Aggregates" (ASTM C33) . Maximum size of coarseaggregate shall be 1-1/2 inch. Lightweight sand for fine aggregate will notbe permitted.

F6-1

Page 78: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F6 CONCRETE

5. Water; Water shall be potable, clean and free fromobjectionable quantities of silty organic matter, alkali, salts and otherimpurities.

6. Consistency; The quantity of water entering into a batch ofconcrete shall be just sufficient, with a normal mixing period, to produce aconcrete which, in the judgment of the Department, can be worked properlyinto place without segregation, and which can be compacted by the vibratorymethods herein specified to give the desired density, impermeability andsmoothness of surface. The consistency of the concrete in successive batchesshall be determined by the "Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete" (ASTMC143). The maximum slump for concrete to be used in footings and slabs shallbe 3 inches; the maximum slump for all other concrete shall be 4 inches.

7. Tests; The Department, at his discretion, will perform areasonable number of compressive tests during the progress of the work. Suchtests will be made in accordance with specifications for "Making and CuringConcrete Compression and Flexural Strength Test Specimens in the Field" (ASTMC31) and the "Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical ConcreteSpecimens" (ASTM C39) . The minimum number of tests will be in accordancewith the Los Angeles City Building Code.

8. Forms:

a. General; All forms shall be true in every respect to therequired shape and size, shall conform to the established alignment andgrade, and shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to maintain theirposition and shape under the loads and operations incident to placing andvibrating the concrete. Suitable and effective means shall be provided onall forms for holding adjacent edges and ends of panels and sections tightlytogether and in accurate alignment so as to prevent the formation of ridges,fins, offsets, or similar surface defects in the finished

b. Materials; Forms shall be of smooth tongue and grooveboards, shiplap, plywood or steel panels. Except as otherwise expresslyapproved by the Department, all lumber brought on the job site for use asforms, shoring or bracing shall be of new material. Exposed vertical cornersof concrete structures shall be given a 3/4-inch chamfer.

c. Ties; Form ties with integral water stops shall beprovided with a plastic cone or other suitable means for forming a conicalhole to insure that the form tie may be broken off back of the face of theconcrete. The maximum diameter of removable cones for rod ties, or of otherremovable form-tie fasteners having a circular cross-section, shall notexceed 1-1/2 inches; and all such fasteners shall be such as to leave holesof regular shape for reaming. Holes left by the removal of fasteners fromthe ends of snap-ties or form ties shall be reamed with suitable toothed

F6-2

Page 79: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F6 " CONCRETE

reamers so" as to leave the surface of the holes clean and rough before beingfilled with mortar. No form-tying device or part thereof/ other, than metal,shall be left embedded in the concrete, nor shall any tie be removed in suchmanner as to leave a hole extending through the interior of the concretemember. Metal ties left in place shall not extend to within 1-1/2 inches ofany concrete surface. If steel panel forms are used, rubber grommets shallbe provided where the ties pass through the form in order to prevent loss ofcement paste.

d. Maintenance of Forms; Forms shall be maintained at alltimes in good condition, particularly as to size, shape, strength, rigidity,tightness and smoothness of surface. Forms, when in place, shall conform tothe established alignment and <jjf̂ des. Before concrete is placed, the formsshall be thoroughly cleaned. *SKe forms' surfaces shall be treated with anonstaining mineral oil or other lubricant approved by the Department. Anyexcess lubricant shall be satisfactorily removed before placing the concrete.Forms may be reused if in good condition and if approved by the Department.Light sanding between uses will be required wherever necessary in the opinionof the Department to obtain uniform surface texture on all exposed concretesurfaces.

e. Removal of Forms; Careful procedures for the removal offorms shall be strictly followed/ and this work shall be done with care so asto avoid injury to the concrete. No heavy loading on green concrete will bepermitted. Forms shall remain in place for periods of time as ordered by theDepartment.

9. Construction Joints;

a. General; Construction joints shall be provided whereshown on the drawings. Special care shall be used in preparing concretesurfaces at joints where bonding between 2 sections of concrete is required.Surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with Division F6.ll. Except onhorizontal wall construction joints, wall to slab joints or where otherwiseshown or specified, at all joints where waterstops are required, the jointface of the first pour shall be coated with a bond breaker such as HuntProcess 225-TU (Hunt Process Co., Santa Fe Springs, CA); Select Cure CRB(Select Products Co., Upland/ CA); or equal. It shall contain a fugitive dyeso that areas of application will be readily distinguishable. Applicationshall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Thesurfaces of the groove for the sealant shall not be coated.

Construction joints that are not shown on the drawings orspecified herein shall be located and formed so as to least impair thestrength, and such joint locations shall be subject to the approval of theDepartment as to compliance with these requirements.

F6-3

Page 80: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

.- - .-: . • . • • ' - . ' • . Spec . 7772

DIVISION F6 " CONCRETE

b. Waterstops;

(1) Waterstops shall be extruded from an elastomericpolyvinylchloride compound containing the necessary plasticizers, resins,stabilizers, and other materials necessary to meet the requirements asoutlined in the U.S. Army Corps of Departments Specification CRD-C572.Waterstops shall be Kirkhill Rubber Co., Brea, California; Water Seals, Inc.,Chicago, Illinois; Progress Unlimited, Inc., New York, New York; or equal.

(2) Flat-Strip Waterstops; Flat-strip Waterstopsincluding center bulb type, where required, shall be as shown. At no placeshall the thickness be less than 3/16 of an inch. Adequate means shall beprovided for anchoring the waterstop in concrete. Waterstops shall bepositioned so that they are equally embedded in the concrete on each side ofthe joint. In placing flat-strip waterstops in the forms, means shall beprovided to prevent them from being folded over by the concrete as it isplaced. Horizontal waterstops shall be held in place with continuoussupports to which the top edge of the waterstop shall be tacked. Unlessotherwise shown, vertical waterstops shall be held in place with light wireties on 12-inch centers which shall be passed through the edge of thewaterstop and tied to the 2 curtains of reinforcing steel. In placingconcrete around waterstops, concrete shall be worked under the waterstops byhand so as to avoid the formation of air and rock pockets.

10. Corrosion Protection Requirement; Pipe, conduit, dowels andother ferrous items required to be embedded in concrete construction shall beso positioned and supported prior to placement of concrete that there will bea minimum of 2 inches clearance between said items and any part of theconcrete reinforcement. Securing such items in position by wiring or weldingthem to the reinforcement will not be permitted.

11. Preparation of Surfaces for Concreting;

a. Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling,prior to the" placing of any concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moistby frequent sprinkling up to the time of placing concrete thereon.) Thesurface shall be free from standing water, mud, and debris at the time ofplacing concrete.

b. Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to beplaced, where the placement of the old concrete has been stopped orinterrupted so that, in the opinion of the Department, the new concretecannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed, are defined asconstruction joints. The surfaces of horizontal joints shall be leveled witha wooden float to provide a reasonably smooth surface. Except where thedrawings call for joint surfaces to be painted, the joint surfaces shall be

F6-4

Page 81: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

» .•; •* '•. : - r'Spec 1'"7*7

DIVISION F6 " "CONCRETE

cleaned of all laitance, loose or defective concrete, and foreign material.Such cleaning shall be accomplished by sandblasting followed by thoroughwashing. All pools of water shall be removed from the surface ofconstruction joints before the new concrete is placed. After the surfaceshave been prepared to the satisfaction of the Department, all approximatelyhorizontal construction joints shall be covered with a layer of mortarapproximately one-inch thick. The mortar shall have the same proportions ofcement and sand as the regular concrete mixture, unless otherwise directed bythe Department. The mortar shall be spread uniformly and shall be workedthoroughly into all irregularities of the surface, and wire brooms shall beused where possible to scrub the mortar into the surface. Concrete shall beplaced immediately upon the fresh mortar.

c. When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enoughfor the concrete to take a set, the working face shall be given a shape bythe use of forms or other means, that will secure proper union withsubsequent work; provided that construction joints shall be made only whereapproved by the Department.

d. No concrete shall be placed until all form work,installation of parts to be embedded, and preparation of surfaces involved inthe placing have been accepted by the Department. All surfaces of forms andembedded items that have become" encrusted with dried grout from concretepreviously placed shall be cleaned of all such grout before the surroundingor adjacent concrete is placed.

e. Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (anyconcrete which is greater than 60 days of age) , .the surface of the oldconcrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened by sand-blasting (exposingaggregate) prior to the application of an epoxy bonding agent. The bondingagent shall be applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations andshall be Sikadur Hi-Mod Epoxy Adhesive {Sika Chemical . Corporation),Concresive 1001-LPL (Adhesive Departmenting Company), or equal. Thisprovision shall not apply to joints where waterstop is installed, seeDivision F6.9.

12. Exclusion of Water; No concrete shall be placed in anystructure until all water entering the space to be filled with concrete hasbeen properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes, or other means, andcarried out of the forms, clear of the work. No concrete shall be depositedunder water without the explicit permission of the Department, and then onlyin strict accordance with his directions, nor shall the Contractor, withoutexplicit permission allow still water to rise on any concrete until theconcrete has attained its initial set. Water shall not be permitted to flowover the surface of any concrete in such manner and at such velocity as willinjure the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping or other necessarydewatering operations for removing ground water, if required, will be subjectto the approval of the Department.

F6-5

Page 82: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F6 ' " CONCRETE

13. Mixing; The cement, sand, and coarse aggregate shall be somixed and the quantity of water added shall be such as to produce ahomogeneous mass of uniform consistency. Dirt and other undesirablesubstances shall be carefully excluded. All concrete shall be thoroughlymixed in a batch mixer of an approved type and size, so designed topositively insure a uniform distribution of all of the component materialsthroughout the mass during the mixing operation. . Only sufficient water shallbe used in mixing to give a workable mix, conforming to the consistencyrequirements of Division F6.6.

14. Placing Concrete;

a. General; Concrete which upon or before placing is foundnot to conform to the requirements specified herein shall be rejected andimmediately removed from the work. Concrete which is not placed inaccordance with these specifications, or which is of inferior quality, asdetermined by the Department, shall be removed and replaced by and at theexpense of the Contractor. Concrete shall not be placed until theexcavations, forms, and the placement of reinforcing steel have beeninspected and approved by the Department as to compliance with thesespecifications. No concrete shall be placed except in the presence of dulyauthorized representative of the Department.

b. Handling and Placing; Concrete shall be deposited in theforms as nearly as practible in its final position to avoid rehandling.Concrete shall not be dropped through reinforcement steel or into any deepform, whether reinforcement is present or not, causing separation of thecoarse aggregate from the raortar on account of repeatedly hitting rods or thesides of the form as it falls, nor shall concrete be placed in any form insuch a manner as to leave accumulation of mortar on the form surfaces abovethe placed concrete. Concrete shall be uniformly distributed during theprocess of depositing and in no case after depositing shall any portion bedisplaced in the forms more than 5 feet in horizontal direction. Concrete informs shall be deposited in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet.As the work progresses, the concrete shall be vibrated and carefully workedaround the slab reinforcement, around embedded pipes, waterstops, and intothe corners of the forms or excavations.

15. Pumping of Concrete; Pumping of concrete will be permittedonly with the Department's approval. If in the Department's opinion, thepumped concrete does not produce satisfactory end results, the Contractorshall discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the placing ofconcrete using conventional, methods.

16. Curing; All structural concrete shall be cured by being keptmoist for 14 days after placing, or at the option of the Contractor, may becured by use of a curing compound. The curing compound shall be Hunt Process

F6-6

Page 83: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F6 " ' CONCRETE

225-TU (Hunt Process Co., Santa Fe Springs, CA) ; Select Cure CRB (SelectProducts Co., Upland, CA); or equal. The curing compound shall contain afugitive dye so that areas of application will be readily distinguishable.Encasement concrete and thrust blocks may be covered with earth 24 hoursafter placing.

17. Temperature of Concrete; The temperature of concrete when itis being placed shall be not more than 90°F nor less than 40°F in moderateweather, and not less than ;5d®F in weather during which the mean dailytemperature drops below 40DF. Concrete ingredients shall not be heated to atemperature higher than that necessary to keep the temperature of the mixedconcrete, as placed, from falling below the specified minimum temperature.Methods of heating and cooling concrete ingredients shall be subject toapproval by the Department.

18. Cold Weather Requirements;

a. Placement; Earth foundations shall be free from frost orice when concrete is placed upon or against them.

b. Water Curing; Water curing of concrete may be reduced to6 days during periods when the mean daily temperature in the vicinity of theworksite is less than 40°F; provided that, during the prescribed period ofwater curing, when temperatures are such that concrete surfaces may freeze,water curing shall be temporarily discontinued.

c. Protection;

(1) The Contractor shall protect all concrete againstinjury until final acceptance by the Department. Fresh concrete shall beprotected from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow. The Contractorshall provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic andwhenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring, as determined by theDepartment. Whenever the mean daily temperature in the vicinity of theworksite fails below 40°F for more than 1 day, the concrete shall bemaintained at a temperature not lower than 50°F for at least 72 hours afterit is placed.

(2) Concrete cured by an application of curingcompound will require no additional protection from freezing if theprotection at 50°F for 72 hours is obtained by means of approved insulationin contact with the forms or concrete surfaces; otherwise, the concrete shallbe protected against freezing temperatures for 72 hours immediately following72 hours protection at 50°F. Concrete cured by water curing shall beprotected against freezing temperatures for 3 days immediately following the72 hours of protection at 50°F.

F6-7

Page 84: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F6 ' CONCRETE

19. Care and Repair of Concrete; The Contractor shall protect allconcrete against injury or damage from excessive heat, lack of moisture,overstress, or any other cause until•final acceptance by the Department.Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoidroughening or otherwise damaging the surface. Any concrete found to bedamaged, or which may have been originally defective, or which becomesdefective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the completed work, orwhich departs from the established line or grade, or which, for any oi.--.erreason, does not conform to the specifications, shall be satisfactorilyrepaired or removed and replaced with acceptable concrete at the Contractor'sexpense.

20. Finish of Concrete Surfaces:

a. All finished or formed surfaces shall conform accuratelyto the shape, alignment, grades and sections as shown or ordered. Surfacesshall be free of fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing, or roughness ofany kind, and shall present a finished, smooth, continuous, hard surface.

b. Exposed unformed surfaces of concrete shall be given asteel trowel finish. Excessive floating of surfaces while the concrete isplastic will not be permitted. Dusting on of dry cement or sand to absorbexcess moisture will not be permitted. Unless otherwise shown, the edges ofall exposed horizontal surfaces shall be finished with an edging tool to aradius of 1/2 of an inch.

21. Ready-Mixed Concrete; At the Contractor's option, rsady-mixedconcrete may be used meeting the requirements as to- materials, batching,mixing, transporting, and placing as specified in the "Specifications forReady-Mixed Concrete" (ASTM C94).

22. Grout:

a. Non-shrink grout shall be used under all base plates andequipment; u'sed to fill railing post sockets and for other applications inwhich non-shrink grout is indicated on the drawings. Non-shrink grout shallconsist of an inorganic, non-metallic premixed grout with a minimum 28-daycompressive strength of 4,000 psi. It shall be non-gasliberating, cement-based and conforming to the Corps of Departments' "Specification for Non-Shrink Grout," CRD-C621-81,, All grout shall comply with the Los Angeles Cityuilding Code.

base plates, the original concrete shall be blockedout or finished off a sufficient distance below the plate to provide for aone-inch thickness of grout or a thickness as shown on the drawings. Afterthe base plate has been set in position at the proper elevation by steelwedges or double nuts on the anchor bolts, the space between the bottom of

F6-8

Page 85: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F6 ' CONCRETE

the plate and the original pour of concrete shall be filled with the non-shrink-type grout. The mixture shall be taraped or rodded solidly into thespace between the plate and the original concrete. A backing board or stopshall be provided at the back side of the space against which the grout canbe placed.

b. Dry Pack Grout; Dry pack grout shall consist of one partPortland cement to two parts sand by volume with just enough water to make adry crumbling mass. Sand shall pass the No. 16 sieve.

c. Grout; Ordinary grout shall consist of one part portlandcement to two parts sand by volume with sufficient water to permit placing orpouring as required. Sand shall pass the No. 16 sieve.

d. Topping Grout and Concrete Fill;

(1) Composition; Grout for topping of slabs andconcrete fill shall be composed of cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate,water and admixtures. All materials and procedures specified for normalconcrete shall apply. The concrete topping shall be portland cementconforming to Type II of ASTM C150. Fine aggregate shall conform to thespecifications and grading for fine aggregate in concrete. Minimum 28-daycompressive strength shall be 3,000 psi, and slump shall be 2-inch maximum.

(2) Application: Topping grout and concrete fill,where required, shall be accomplished by application of topping concrete tohardened structural slabs and ground slabs. All mechanical, electrical, andfinish work shall be completed prior to application of topping. The baseslab shall be given a roughened textured surface by sandblasting to ensurebonding of topping grout and concrete fill to the base slab.

The minimum thickness of grout topping shall beone-inch. Where the finished surface of concrete fill is to form anintersecting, angle of less than 45 degrees with the concrete surface it is tobe placed against, a key shall be formed in the concrete surface at theintersection point. The key shall be a minimum of 3-1/2 inches wide by 1-1/2inches deep.

The base slab shall be thoroughly cleaned andwetted prior to placing topping and fill. No topping concrete shall beplaced until the slab is completely free from standing pools or ponds ofwater. A thin coat of neat Type II cement grout shall be broomed into thesurface of the slab just before topping or fill placement. The topping andfill shall be brought to established grade, compacted by rolling or tamping,and floated.

- END OF SECTION -

F6-9

Page 86: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F7 - REINFORCEMENT STEEL

1. General:

a. The Contractor shall furnish, fabricate, and install allreinforcement steel as shown and specified. The work shall further includethe furnishing and installation of all tie wires, clips, supports, chairs,spacers, and other appurtenances necessary to fulfill the requirements of thespecifications and produce finished concrete structures.

b. Unless the Department issues a waiver in writing, theContractor shall furnish shop bending diagrams, placing lists, and drawingsof all reinforcement steel prior to fabrication in accordance with DivisionFl. Review of shop drawings by the Department will be limited to generalcompliance with the contract drawings. The Contractor shall be fullyresponsible for accuracy of dimensions and details, and said dimensions anddetails will be checked in the field by the Department at the time ofplacement.

c. All reinforcement bars shall comply with the Los AngelesCity Building Code.

2. Materials; Reinforcement steel shall be deformed steel bars,or cold-drawn steel wire, or fabricated forms of those materials, as requiredby the applicable drawings and specifications. Materials shall conform inquality to the requirements of the "Specifications for Deformed Billet-SteelBars for Concrete Reinforcement" (ASTM A 615) Grade 40 or Grade 60 as shown.

3. Installation:

a. Cleaning; Reinforcement steel, before being positioned,shall be free from loose mill- and rust scale, and from coatings that maydestroy or reduce the bond. Where there is delay in depositing concrete,reinforcement steel shall be reinspected and cleaned when necessary.

b. Fabrication; Reinforcement steel shall be accuratelyformed to the dimensions and shapes indicated on the applicable drawings, andthe fabricating details shall be prepared in accordance with the "ACIBuilding Code" (ACI 318), except as modified by the drawings. Stirrups andtie bars shall be bent around a pin having a diameter not less than 1-1/2inch for No. 3 bars, 2-inch for No. 4 bars, and 2-1/2 inch for No. 5 bars.Bends for other bars shall be made around a pin having a diameter not lessthan 6 times the minimum thickness, except for bars larger than 1 inch, inwhich case the bends shall be made around a pin of 3 bar diameters. Barsshall be bent cold.

F7-1

Page 87: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F7 REINFORCEMENT STEEL

c. straightening; Reinforcement steel shall not bestraightened or rebent in a manner that will injure the metal. Bars withkinks or bends not shown on the drawings shall not be used. Heating of thereinforcement will be permitted only when approved by the Department.

d. Placing; Reinforcement steel shall be accuratelypositioned in accordance with the drawings and secured by using annealed ironwire ties or suitable clips at intersections, and shall be supported byconcrete or metal supports, spacers, or metal hangers. Metal clips orsupports shall not be placed in contact with the forms. Tie wires shall bebent away from the forms in order to provide the specified concrete coverage.Bars additional to those shown on the drawings which may be found necessaryor desirable by the Contractor for the purpose of securing reinforcement inposition shall be provided by the Contractor at his own expense.

e. Splicing; When it is necessary to splice reinforcementat points other than where shown, the character of the splice shall bedetermined by the Department. When not otherwise shown, the lapping ofsplices shall be 32 bars diameters. Reinforcement bars,' other than tie bars,shall not be spliced at points other than shown on the approved shop bendingdiagrams and placing lists.

- END OF SECTION -

F7-2

Page 88: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F8 - STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK

General:

The Contractoc shall furnish, fabricate and install all structuralsteel and miscellaneous metalwork as specified and shown. All structuralsteel shapes, plates, bars, and their products shall conform to the"Specifications for Structural Steel" (ASTM A36). Unless otherwise shown,structural steel and miscellaneous metalwork of fabricated steel, which willbe used in a corrosive environment and/or will be submerged inwater/wastewater (1) shall be coated in accordance with Division F5 and (2)shall not be galvanized prior to coating. All structural steel and othermiscellaneous metalwork shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication inaccordance with Paragraph F8.4. Unless otherwise shown, stainless steelmetalwork shall be of Type 18-8 stainless steel and shall not be galvanized.Shop drawings of all structural steel and miscellaneous metalwork shall besubmitted to the Department for review in accordance with Division Pi.

2. Fabrication and Erection; Except as otherwise shown, thedesign, fabrication, and erection of structural steel shall conform to therequirements of the Los Angeles City Building Code.

3. Welding;

a. All welding shall meet the requirements of the LosAngeles City Building Code.

b. In assembly and during welding, the component parts shallbe adequately clamped, supported and restrained to minimize distortion andfor control of dimensions. Upon completion of welding, all weld splatter,flux, slag, and burrs left by attachments shall be removed. Welds shall berepaired to produce a workmanlike appearance, with uniform weld contours anddimensions. .All sharp corners of material which is to be painted or coatedshall be ground to a minimum of 1/32-inch on the flat.

c. Continuous inspection shall be required for allstructural welding. All shop welding shall be conducted by a Los AngelesCity approved fabricator.

4. Galvanizing; All structural steel plates, shapes, bars andfabricated assemblies required to be galvanized shall, after the steel hasbeen thoroughly cleaned of ruat and scale, be galvanized in accordance withthe "Specification for Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coating on Products Fabricatedfrom Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strip" (ASTMA123) . Any galvanized part that becomes warped during the galvanizingoperation shall be straightened. Bolts, anchor bolts, nuts and similar

F8-1

Page 89: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F8 . STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK

threaded fasteners, .after being properly cleaned, shall be galvanized inaccordance with the "Specifications for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron andSteel Hardware" (ASTM A153). Field repairs to galvanizing shall be madeusing "Galvinox", "Galvo-Weld," or approved equal.

5. Bolts;

a. The Contractor shall furnish and set all bolts and anchorbolts. Except where otherwise shown or specified, all bolts, anchor bolts,and nuts shall be steel, galvanized after fabrication in accordance withParagraph F8.4. Threads on galvanized bolts and nuts shall be formed withsuitable taps and dies such that they retain their normal clearance afterhot-dip galvanizing.

b. Except as otherwise provided herein, all connection boltsshall be ASTM A325-F high-strength carbon bolts. Steel for anchor boltsshall be in accordance with "Specifications for Carbon Steel Externally andInternally Threaded Standard Fasteners," Grade B (ASTM A307) or threadedparts of ASTM A36 and shall meet the following additional requirements:

The nut material shall be free-cutting steel, and (2) The nutsshall be capable of developing the full strength of the bolts. Threads shallbe Coarse Thread Series conforming to the requirements of the AmericanStandard for Screw Threads. All bolts and cap screws shall have hexagonheads and nuts shall be Heavy Hexagon Series.

c. Unless otherwise shown, all bolts, anchor bolts and nutswhich are buried or submerged in water shall be of Type 18-8 stainless steel.

d. Unless otherwise shown, expanding-type anchors shall besteel expansion type Phillips Drill Company "Red Head" anchors, McCullochIndustries "Kwick-Bolt," or equal. Lead calking anchors will not bepermitted. Size shall be as shown. Expansion type anchors which are to beembedded in "grout may be steel. Non-embedded buried or submerged anchorsshall be stainless steel in accordance with Subparagraph (c) herein.

6. Ladders;

All ladders shall be fabricated of carbon steel, galvanized afterfabrication.

7. Steel Pipe Handrails;

Steel pipe handrails shall be standard 1-1/2-inch black steel pipemade up by welding and hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Field weldingof pipe handrail joints will be permitted only if approved by the Department,and then only in accordance with his instructions.

F8-2

Page 90: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F8 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK

8. Pipe Columns;

Pipe column steel shall conform to the "Specifications for Weldedand Seamless Steel Pipe," (ASTM A53), Grade B.

9. Safety Stair Treads;

Safety stair treads shall be provided on all stairs/ and elsewherewhere shown. The safety treads shall be 4 inches wide, shall be of aluminum,and shall be American Abrasive Metals Company, Style A or equal.

10. Metal Gratingj

a. Metal Grating; Metal grating and floor hatches shall beof the design, sizes and types shown. No single piece of grating shall weighmore than 80 Ibs. unless specifically detailed otherwise. All metal gratingsshall be hot-dip galvanized.

11. Iron Castings;

Iron castings shall conform to the "Specifications for Gray IronCastings," (ASTM A48) unless otherwise shown.

12. Seat Angles and Supports;

Seat angles for grating shall be steel as shown and of a size asshown, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

- END OF SECTION -

F8-3

Page 91: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F9 - AERATION TOWER AND ACCESSORIES

1. General; The Contractor shall furnish and install onecomplete aeration tower as shown and specified. The tower is to be used forremoving volatile organic compounds from ground water.

The aeration tower shall be designed to operate with a hydraulicloading rate of 500 to 2200 gpra (2000 gpra typical) with a counter-current airflow rate of 8020 cfm. In addition, the tower shall be designed to withstanda hydraulic loading rate of 2200 gpm without any damage to the shell orinternal components.

The aeration tower is designed to be ground supported as shown.The Contractor shall coordinate the fabrication of the aeration tower shelland appurtenances to provide a workable system ready for installation in thefield. Items of particular significance include, but are not limited to,pipe supports, process piping, air ducts, and upper platforms.

a. Shop Drawings; The Contractor shall submit shop drawingsof all equipment and accessories including fabrication and erection drawingsfor the aeration tower in accordance with Division Fl.

b. Painting and Protective Coating; Protective coatingshall meet the requirements of Division F5.

c. Testing and Disinfactingt Testing and disinfecting shallconform to the requirements of Division Fll.

d. Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metalwork; Allstructural steel and miscellaneous raetalwork shall comply with the provisionsof Division P8.

2. Tower Shell; The shell of the aeration tower shall befabricated of steel and shall be of the size and have the accessories asshown and specified. The material, design, fabrication and erection of thetower shall be in accordance with the City of Los Angeles Building Code, andshall also comply with the requirements of Sections 3, 6, 7, 8 and 13 of the"Standard for Welded Steel Tanks for Water Storage" (AWWA D100), and subjectto the following modifications and additions:

a. Fabrication of all steel plates shall be by welding.

b. No corrosion allowance will be required.

c. All nuts and bolts used in erection shall be hot-dipgalvanized after fabrication, unless noted otherwise in the drawings.

F9-1

Page 92: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F9 . AERATION TOWER AND ACCESSORIES

d. The tower details shall be designed to eliminate whereverpossible unwelded joints that will promote corrosion, pockets that willaccumulate rainwater, and attachments to the shell which result in excessivelocalized stresses due to welding or imposed loads.

e. All welds joining shell plates shall have complete jointpenetration and fusion and shall be double welded from both sides. The useof low-hydrogen electrodes is mandatory for manual welding of shell plates,for permanent attachments to the shell plates, for fittings, and for weldsjoining the shell plates to the bottom plates. All shell plates shall berolled.

3. Accessories;

a. All accessories such as inlet piping, outlet piping, airducting, access manholes, nozzles, air louvers, door, ladders and platformsshall be provided and shall be located as shown. All items shall be suitablybraced. Contractor shall also provide the standpipe with all the accessoriesshown.

b. Piping shall conform to the requirements of Division F13.

c. All bolts inside of the tower shall be of stainless steeltype 18-8.

d. Fall Prevention System; The fall prevention system shallbe the Everest Lifeline System Model No. 6006 (Research and TradingCorporation, Wilmington, Delaware); Saf-T-Climb (North Consumer Products,Inc., Cerritos, California); or approved equal. All necessary componentsshall be furnished including the galvanized steel safety rails, safety belts(2) , safety lock sleeves, mounting brackets, locks, pivot dismounts at roofand intermediate platforms, and any other hardware required so that theDepartment has an operational fall prevention system.

4. Galvanizing; Galvanizing where specifically indicated shallconform to the requirements of Division P8.

5. Welding;

a. Fabrication; In assembly and during welding thecomponent parts shall be adequately clamped, supported and restrained tominimize distortion and for control of dimensions. Upon completion ofwelding, all weld splatter, flux, slag, and burrs left by attachments shallbe removed. Welds shall be repaired to produce a workmanlike appearance withuniform weld contours and dimensions. All sharp corners of material which isto be painted or coated shall be ground to a minimum 1/32-inch on the flat.

F9-2

Page 93: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

.-1 v/1.7

Spec. 7 7 7 2

DIVISION P9 ' . AERATION TOWER AND ACCESSORIES

b. Inspection and Weld Tests; All inspection and tests ofwelding shall be completed before application of paint or protectivecoatings. All welds in the cylindrical shell plates shall be tested by a dyepenetrant process. All welds in the floor plates shall be vacuum tested.The surface of each weld shall be coated with soap suds and a vacuum testerpassed over the weld. The tester shall be constructed with a suitable windowto permit the operator to observe the effect on the soap suds as the testeris passed along the weld. Any leaks found shall be marked and the holessealed by welding.

6. Tower Internal Components; The aeration tower shall includethe following components. Items b, c, and d below shall be designed toresist stresses created by a seismic load 0.5 gravity in the horizontaldirection and 0.4 gravity in the vertical direction while operating under thefull hydraulic loading rate specified in Division Pi.

a. Packing; Packing shall be 1-inch Intalox saddles(Norton Company), 1-inch Flexisaddles (Koch Engineering), 2-inchTripack (Polymer Piping and Materials) conforming to thefollowing conditions:

(1) 'Amount: Packing shall be supplied insufficient volume to .fill the tower from the bottom of thepacking support plate to a height 19.5 feet above it. An extra5 percent of that volume shall be supplied, but not installed,to account for later settling during tower operation.

(2) Material; Packing shall be manufactured frompolypropylene.

(3) Strength; Packing shall be able to supportthe weight of at least 25 feet of packing without breakage orsignificant distortion. The maximum allowable packing bulkdensity shall be 7.5 pounds per cubic foot.

(4) Packing Installation; The packingmanufacturer's recommended method for installing the packingshall be followed; however, under no circumstances shall thetower be flooded to facilitate packing installation or at anyother time during construction. The steel support structure isnot designed to carry a weight of more than 2.5 feet of water inthe plenum portion of the tower.

(5) Performance: Design hydraulic loadingthrough the packing is 500 gallons per minute minimum flow to amaximum 2200 gallons per minute flow. Typical operation will be2000 gallons per minute. The design air flowrate through thepacking is 8020 standard cubic feet per minute over the entiredesign hydraulic flow range. Under these operating conditions,the maximum total air pressure loss through the packing supportplate and packing shall not exceed 1.75 inches of water.

F9-3

Page 94: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK ON PURPOSE

F9-4

Page 95: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F9 AERATION TOWER AND ACCESSORIES

b. Flow Distributor; The weir-riser flow distributor shallbe a multibeara model fabricated of 304 stainless steel and shall be model301AM (Koch Engineering), or equal. It shall be designed to provide uniformwater distribution over the top of the tower packing over the designhydraulic flow range and design air flow rate specified for the packing.Antiraigration mesh shall be attached to the bottoms of each riser. Duringoperation, the water depth in the flow distributor shall not exceed 6 inchesin depth at the highest design water flow rate. The maximum orifice holediameter for the flow distriubtor shall not exceed one inch. The maximum airpressure loss through the flow distributor during tower operation shall notexceed 0.25 inches of water. The Contractor shall submit engineeringcalculations for water level and air pressure loss. The flow distributorshall be designed to bear the maximum weight of water corresponding to themaximum depth to be held in it.

The flow distributor shall be clamped to the annular supportring attached to the tower wall. The Contractor shall be responsible forassuring that annular support ring and auxiliary support beam can bear theweight of the flow distributor and the maximum amount of water to be held init. The flow distributor shall be designed such that ready access to thepacking below it is possible.

c. Packing Bed Support Plate: The packing bed support shallbe a multibeam metal support plate fabricated of type 304 stainless steel andshall be model 101R (Koch Engineering), model 804-R2 (Norton Company), orequal. The support plate shall be designed to support the weight of thepacking and the weight of the water retained in the packing during operationwithin the design hydraulic flow range and air flow rate specified for thepacking.

The support plate shall be clamped to the annular support ringattached to the tower wall. The Contractor shall be responsible for assuringthat annular support ring and auxiliary support beam can bear the weight ofthe support plate, packing, and retained water.

F9-5

Page 96: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F9 AERATION" TOWER AND ACCESSORIES

d. Mist Eliminator; The mist eliminator shall be installedin the top of the tower as shown to remove mist from the air exiting thetower. The mist eliminator shall consist of knitted wire mesh 4-inchesthick, fabricated from 304 stainless steel. The mist eliminator shall bemodel 4310 (Koch Engineering), or equal. The maximum air pressure lossduring operation shall not exceed 0.1 inches of water.

The mist eliminator shall be attached to the annular supportring by clamp or by tie-wire. The Contractor shall be responsible forassuring that the annular support ring and 'auxiliary support beam will bearthe weight of the mist eliminator and water retained during tower operation.

e. Inlet and Outlet Devices; Inlet and outlet devices shallbe fabricated and installed as shown.

f. Insulating Connections; All metallic tower internalcomponents supported on annular support rings shall be insulated from thesupport ring and tower walls. Insulating connections shall be of nylon,teflon, polycarbonate, or polyethylene, and shall have ratings and propertiesto suit the service and loading conditions. All insulating connections shallbe installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

- END OF SECTION -

F9-6

Page 97: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7-772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION P10 - CHEMICAL STORAGE TANK

1. General;

a. The Contractor shall furnish and install a chemicalstorage tank, complete with all accessories as specified and shown.

b. The items to be provided under this Division shall befurnished by manufacturer having experience in the manufacture of similaritems and having a record of successful installations.

c. The Contractor shall furnish shop drawings of all itemsand accessories in accordance with Division Fl.

2. Materials and Construction;

a. The chemical storage tank shall have a minimum capacityof 1,250 gallons and dimensions of 48" diameter x 153" length shell, shall behorizontal with dished heads and supported by saddles.

b. The tank shall be of fiberglass material, constructedusing the filament winding method for highest circumferential strength, witha 100-rail resin rich layer of bisphenol-A fumarate polyester resin on theinterior surface and an isophthalic polyester resin mat on the exteriorsurface not less than 20 mils in thickness. The tank shall be constructed inaccordance with ASTM Designation D-3299. Flanged nozzles shall be conicallygussetted with minimum strength requirements of 1,500 ft Ibs of bending and200 ft Ibs of torque and suitable for connection to PVC pipe flanges. 40-50Durometer 1/8-inch thick full face gaskets shall be used. Pigmentedprotective coating against ultraviolet shall be provided.

c. All bolts, anchor bolts, nuts and washers shall be ofType 18-8 stainless steel.

d. The tank shall be designed to resist stresses created bya seismic load 0.5 gravity in the horizontal direction and 0.4 gravity in thevertical direction when the tank is full of a 1.6 specific gravity liquid.

e. The tank material shall be suitable for long-term storageof 40 percent (by weight) sodium hexametaphosphate in liquid solution.

3. Accessories; The chemical storage tank shall be furnishedwith all necessary accessories including the following:

a. 24-inch diameter manhole with hinged cover.

P10-1

Page 98: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F10 CHEMICAL STORAGE TANK

b. Liquid Level glass gage with metal guard and ball checkvalves that will prevent loss of tank contents in the event of glassbreakage.

c. Gooseneck vent and overflow pipe/ both with detachableinsect screens.

d. External ladder of chemical resistant material.

e. Hollow fiberglass support saddles.

- END OF SECTION -

F10-2

Page 99: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772

PART F -• DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION Fll - TESTING AND DISINFECTING

1. General;

a. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Contractor shallfurnish all equipment, labor, and materials required for testing anddisinfecting hydraulic structures and pipelines as specified. Water fortesting and disinfecting will be furnished by the Department; however, theContractor shall make all necessary provisions for conveying the water fromthe Department-designated source to the points of use.

b. All hydraulic structures and pressure pipelines shall betested; however, disinfection shall be limited to pipelines, tanks, andstructures designed for potable water service. Disinfection shall beaccomplished by chlorination. Chlorine dosages will be computed by theDepartment who will furnish the Contractor with instructions for properapplication of the chlorine. All chlorinating and testing operations shallbe done in the presence of the Department.

c. Disinfection operations shall be scheduled by theContractor as late as possible during the contract time period so as toassure the. maximum degree of sterility of the facilities at the time the workis accepted by the Department. Bacteriological testing shall be performed bya certified testing laboratory approved by the Department and at the expenseof the Contractor. Results of the bacteriological testing shall besatisfactory with the State Department of Health.

d. Release of water from structures and pipelines, aftertesting and disinfecting have been completed, shall be as directed by theDepartment.

2. Preliminary Cleaning and Flushing: Prior to both testing anddisinfecting, all hydraulic structures shall be cleaned by thoroughly hosingdown all surfaces with a high pressure hose and nozzle of sufficient size todeliver a minimum flow of 50 gpm; all pipelines shall be thoroughly flushedor blown out, as appropriate.

3. Testing and Disinfecting of Aeration Tower; The aerationtower shall be tested and disinfected simultaneously. The Contractor shallnotify the Department at least two working days before beginning the testingand disinfection of the aeration tower. Under no circumstances shall theaeration tower be filled with water. Only a maximum of 2 feet of standingwater will be allowed in the base of the aeration tower. The aeration towershall be tested by operating it for 24 hours with an inflow rate of 2000 gpm.Disinfection shall be effected during this period by operating the

Fll-1

Page 100: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION Fll ' TESTING AND DISINFECTION

chlorination system with a chlorine feed rate sufficient to produce achlorine dose of 4 ppra. During the testing period no visible leakage shallbe allowed. If leakage occurs the Contractor shall repair the leaks to thesatisfaction of the Department. Afterwards, the aeration tower shall beretested and disinfected.

4. Testing of Piping; Prior to testing, all piping shall be.flushed or blown out as appropriate. The Contractor shall test all pipingeither in sections or as a unit, with joints exposed. Mortar-lined pipingshall not be tested before the mortar lining has attained an age of 14 days.The test shall be made by closing valves when available, or by placingtemporary bulkheads in the pipe and filling the line slowly with water. Careshall be taken to see that all air vents are open during filling. After thepiping or section thereof has been filled, it shall be allowed to stand undera slight pressure for a sufficient length of time to allow the mortar liningto absorb what water it will and to allow the escape of air from any airpockets. During this period, bulkheads, valves, and connections shall beexamined for leaks. If any are found, corrective measures satisfactory tothe Department shall be taken. The test shall consist of holding the testpressure on the piping for a period of 4 hours for water tests and 3 hoursfor air tests. The test pressure shall be as shown on the standard PipingSchedule. Testing shall be performed with pipe joints exposed unlessotherwise permitted by the Engineer. All visible leaks shall be repaired asdirected by the Engineer. Maximum allowable leakage shall be as shown on thestandard Piping Schedule. In the case of pipelines that fail to pass theprescribed leakage test, the Contractor shall determine the cause of theexcessive leakage, shall take corrective measures necessary to repair theleaks, and shall again test the pipelines, all at no additional cost to theDepartment.

5. Disinfecting Pipelines;

a. General; All pipelines requiring disinfection shall bedisinfected as specified hereinafter.

b. Chlorination; A chlorine-water mixture shall be appliedby means of a solution-feed chlorinating device. The chlorine solution shallbe applied at one end of the piping or pipeline through a tap in such amanner that, as the pipeline is filled with water, the dosage applied to thewater entering the pipe shall be approximately 50 ppm. Care shall be takento prevent the strong chlorine solution in the line being treated fromflowing back into the line supplying the water.

c. Retention Period; Chlorinated water shall be retained inthe pipeline long enough to destroy all non-spore-forming bacteria. Thisperiod shall be at least 24 hours. After the chlorine-treated water has been

Fll-2

Page 101: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772

DIVISION Fll TESTING AND DISINFECTION

retained for the required time, the chlorine residual at the pipe extremitiesand at other representative points shall be at least 25 ppm.

d. Chlorinating Valves; During the process of chlorinatingthe piping and pipelines, all valves and other appurtenances shall beoperated while the pipeline is filled with the heavily-chlorinated water.

e. Final Flushing; Following chlorination, all treatedwater shall be thoroughly flushed from the pipelines at their extremities.Should the initial treatment fai'l to produce satisfactory disinfection of thepipe and pipeline, as evidenced by the chlorine residual, the chlorinationprocedure shall be repeated at no additional cost to the Department, untilacceptable results are obtained..

6. Connections to Existing System; Where connections are to bemade to an existing potable water system, HTH shall be added at the points ofconnection as directed by the Department.

- END OF SECTION -

Fll-3

Page 102: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F12 - MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL

1. General; The provisions of Division F12 shall apply to thefollowing divisions as well as to all other mechanical equipment except whereotherwise specified or shown:

Division Title

F13 PipingF14 ValvesF15 Electric MotorsF16 Chemical FeedersF17 Blower EquipmentF18 plumbingF19 Flow Meters

a. The Contractor shall furnish and install all equipmentcomplete with necessary appurtenances as specified and shown.

b. Piping, fittings and valves shall be as specified inDivisions F13 and F14.

c. The Contractor shall furnish complete shop drawings ofall mechanical equipment, together with appurtenant piping, valves, andcontrols for review in accordance with Division Fl.

d. Shop fabrication shall be performed in accordance withthese specifications and as indicated on the approved shop drawings.

2. Noise Level; All equipment shall meet OSHA noise levelrequirements.

3. Vibration Level; All vibrating equipment shall be balancedand provided with restrained spring-type vibration isolators or pads permanufacturer's recommendation. Vibration level shall not exceed 0.0392inches per second in the general machine vibration severity chart.

4. Service Factors;

a. General; Service factors shall be applied in theselection or design of drive gearings, belts, chains, and shafts. Unlessotherwise specified or approved by the Department, the service factors forcontinuous 24-hour service shall be as follows:

F12-1

Page 103: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P12 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL

Type of Prime ServiceEquipment Hover Factor

Blowers Electric Motor 1.25

Pumps Electric Motor 1.25

b. The above mentioned service factors refer to the drivenequipment only/ not to the electric motors. For service factors of electricmotors and other equipment, see electric motor and individual equipmentspecifications. In cases where a service factor is not specified, bestmodern practice shall be adhered to.

5. Couplings; For direct driven equipment, flexible couplingsshall be provided between the driver and the driven equipment to accommodateangular misalignment, parallel misalignment, end float, and to cushion shock,minor loads.

a. The equipment manufacturer shall select or recommend thesize and type of coupling required to suit each specific application;installation shall be per equipment manufacturer's recommendation.

b. Taper lock bushings may be used for easy installation andremoval on shafts of various diameters.

6. Shafting;

a. General; All shafting shall be continuous betweenbearings and sized to transmit the power required. Keyways shall beaccurately cut in line. Shafting shall not be turned down at the ends toaccommodate bearings or sprockets whose bore is less than the diameter of theshaft. All -shafts shall rotate in the end bearings and shall be turned andpolished, straight and true.

b. Materials; Shafting materials shall be appropriate forthe type of service and torque transmitted. Environmental elements such ascorrosive gases, moisture and fluids shall be taken into consideration.Materials shall be as shown or specified unless furnished as part of anequipment assembly.

(1) Low carbon cold-rolled steel shafting shallconform to ASTM A108, Grade 1018.

F12-2

Page 104: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F12 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL

(2) Medium carbon cold-rolled shafting shall conformto ASTM A108, Grade 1045.

(3) Corrosion-resistant shafting shall be stainlesssteel, or Monel; whichever is most suitable for the intended service.

7. Bearings;

a. General; Bearings shall conform with the standards ofthe Anti-Friction Bearings Manufacturing Association (AFBMA).

b. To assure satisfactory bearing application, fittingpractice, mounting, lubrication, sealing, static rating, housing strength andother important factors shall be considered in bearing selection.

c. All re-lubricatable type bearings shall be equipped witha hydraulic grease fitting in an accessible location and shall havesufficient grease capacity in the bearing chamber.

d. All lubricated-for-life bearings shall be factory-lubricated with manufacturer's recommended grease to insure maximum bearinglife and best performance.

e. Bearing Lifet Except where otherwise specified or. shown,all bearings shall have a minimum B-10 life expectancy of 5 years or 20,000hours, whichever occurs first. Where so specified, bearings shall have aminimum rated B-10 life expectancy corresponding to the type of service, asfollows:

Type of Service Design Life (years) B-10 Design Life (hours)(whichever occurs first)

(1) 8-hour shift 10 20,000

(2) 16-hour shift 10 40,000

(3) Continuous 10 60,000

f. Bearing housings shall be of cast iron or steel andbearing mounting arrangement shall be as specified or shown, or asrecommended by the manufacturer. Split-type housings may be used tofacilitate installation, inspection and disassembly.

g. Sleeve-type bearings shall have a babbit or bronze liner.

F12-3

Page 105: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F12 ' MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL

8. V-Belt Drives:

a. V-belts and sheaves shall be of the best commercial gradeand shall conform to ANSI, MPTA, and RMA Standards.

b. Sheaves shall be machined from the finest quality graycast iron.

c. All sheaves shall be statically balanced. In someapplications where vibration is a problem, sheaves shall be dynamicallybalanced. Sheaves operating at belt speeds exceeding 6,500 fpra may have tobe of special materials and construction.

d. To facilitate installation and disassembly, sheaves shallbe furnished complete with taper-lock or QD bushings as required.

e. Finish bored sheaves shall be furnished complete withkeyseat and set screws.

9. Drive Guards; All power transmission, prime movers, machinesand moving machine parts, shall be guarded to conform with the Division ofIndustrial Safety General Industrial Safety Orders latest edition.

10. Flexible Connectors:

a. General; Flexible connectors shall be installed in allpiping connections to blowers and other vibrating equipment, and in pipingsystems as shown. Flexible connectors shall . serve to isolate vibrations,compensate for pipe misalignment, movement and offsets.

b. Construction; Flexible connectors shall have interlockedlinks or annular corrugated bellows of reinforced rubber or stainless steelsuitable for the specific process fluid, operating temperature and pressure.

c. Connectors; Flexible connectors installed in 2-inch andsmaller pipe shall have threaded connections. Sizes 2 1/2-inches and largershall be flanged. Flexible hose or ducts for low pressures may be clamped bymeans of stainless steel clamps.

11. Insulating Connections;

a. General; Insulating bushings, unions, couplings orflanges, as appropriate, shall be used for joining pipes of dissimilarmetals, and for piping systems where corrosion control and cathodicprotection are involved.

F12-4

Page 106: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION P12 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL

b. Material; Insulating connections shall be of nylon,teflon, polycarbonate, polyethylene or other non-conductive materials, andshall have ratings and properties to suit the service and loading conditions.

c. Installation; All insulating connections shall beinstalled in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.

12.. Supports, Foundations and Pipe Hangers;

a. Equipment Supports; All equipment supports, anchors, andrestrainers shall be adequately designed for static, dynamic and seismicloads. A seismic force of 0.5 gravity in the horizontal direction and 0.4gravity in the vertical direction shall be assumed for this purpose, unlessotherwise required by local conditions.

b. Equipment Foundations; Equipment foundations shall be asper manufacturer's recommendations. The blower and metering pump shall bemounted on concrete bases extending above the floor slab. Foundationdrawings shall be submitted for review in accordance with Division Fl.

c. Pipe Hangers, Supports and Guides;

(1) All supports and parts thereof shall conform tothe latest requirements of the. ANSI Code for Power Piping B31.1 and MSSStandard Practice SP-58, except as supplemented or modified by therequirements of these Specifications.

(2) Pipe supports for plumbing systems shall be inaccordance with the latest edition of the ICBO Plumbing Code, UniformPlumbing Code or local administration requirements, whichever applies.

(3) Designs generally accepted as exemplifying goodengineering practice, using stock or production parts, shall be utilizedwherever possible.

(4) Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting thepipe in all conditions of operation. They shall allow free expansion andcontraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress on equipment.

(5) Wherever possible, horizontal piping shall besecured with pipe clamps.

(6) Wherever possible, suspended pipes shall beattached to structural beams.

F12-5

Page 107: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F12 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL

(7) All rigid hangers shall provide a means ofvertical adjustment after erection.

(8) Where the piping system is subject to shock loads,such as seismic disturbances or thrusts imposed by the actuation of safetyvalves, hanger design shall include hydraulic shock suppressors, GrinnellFig. 200, Basic Engineers Model BE4-10, or equal.

(9) Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loadingonly. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated,suitable linkage shall be provided to permit such movement.

(10) Where horizontal pipe movement is greater than 1/2inch, or where the hanger rod deflection from the vertical is greater than 4degrees from the cold to the hot position of the pipe, the hanger rod andstructural attachment shall be offset in such a manner that the rod isvertical in the hot position.

(11) Free-standing pipe connections to equipment, likechemical feeders, pumps, etc., shall be firmly attached to fabricated steelframes made of angles, channels, or I-bearas anchored to the structure.

(12) Hangers shall be designed so that they cannotbecome disengaged by movements of the supported pipe.

(13) Hangers shall be spaced in accordance with ANSIrequirements.

(14) Where practical, risers shall be supported withriser lugs independent of the connected horizontal piping.

(15) Supports, guides, and anchors shall be so designedthat excessive heat will not be transmitted to the structure.

(16) All submerged hangers, brackets, bolts, andsupports shall be of stainless steel.

13. Gaskets and Packing;

a. Gaskets shall be 1/8 inch thick neoprene rubber.

b. Packing around shafts shall be of compressible material,compatible with the fluid being used. Chevron-type "V" packing shall beGarlock No. 432, John Crane "Everseal", or equal.

F12-6

Page 108: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P12 . MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL

14. Machine Finish: The type of finish shall be the most suitablefor the application and shall be shown in micro-inches in accordance with"American Standard Surface Roughness, Waviness and Lay" (ANSI B46.1). Thefollowing finishes shall be used:

a. Surface roughness not greater than 63 micro-inches shallbe required for all surfaces in sliding contact.

b. Surface roughness not greater than 250 micro-inches shallbe required for surfaces in contact where a tight joint is not required.

c. Rough finish not greater than 500 micro-inches shall berequired for other machined surfaces.

d. Contact surfaces of shafts and stems, which pass throughstuffing boxes, and bearings, shall be finished to not greater than 32 micro-inches.

15. Tolerances; Tolerances and clearances shall be as shown onthe shop drawings and shall be closely adhered to. Machine work shall in allcases be of high-grade workmanship and finish, with due consideration to thespecial nature or function of the parts. Members without milled ends andwhich are to be framed to other steel parts of the structure may have avariation in the detailed length of not greater than 1/16 of an inch formembers 30 feet or less in length, and not greater than 1/8 of an inch formembers over 30 feet in length.

16. Welding; Unless otherwise shown and noted, all welding shallconform with the following:

a. Latest revision of AWWA Standard 0100 "Standard forWelded Steel Elevated Tanks, Standpipes, and Reservoirs for Water Storage."

- b. Latest revision of AWWA Standard C206 "Standard for FieldWelding of Steel Water Pipe Joints."

c. All composite fabricated steel assemblies which are to beerected or installed inside a hydraulic structure, including any fixed ormovable structural components of mechanical equipment, where contact surfacesbetween individual assembly members are inaccessible after fabrication of theassembly has been completed, shall be seal welded to prevent entrance of airor moisture.

17. Protective Coatings; All equipment shall be painted or coatedin accordance with Division F5, unless otherwise approved by the Department.

P12-7

Page 109: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F12 . ' MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL

Nonferrous metal and corrosion-resisting steel surfaces shall be coated withgrease or lubricating oil. Coated surfaces shall be protected from abrasionor other damage during handling, testing, storing, assembly, and shipping.

18. Protection of Equipment; All equipment shall be boxed,crated, or otherwise protected from damage and moisture during shipment,handling, and storage. All equipment shall be protected from exposure tocorrosive fumes and shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times. Pumps,motors, drives, electrical equipment, and other equipment having anti-friction or sleeve bearings shall be stored in weathertight storagefacilities prior to installation. For extended storage periods, plasticequipment wrappers should be avoided, to prevent accumulation of condensatein gears and bearings.

19. Nameplates; Equipment nameplates of stainless steel shall beengraved or stamped and fastened to the equipment in an accessible locationwith No. 4 or larger oval head stainless steel screws or drive pins.Nameplates shall contain manufacturer's name, model, size, characteristicsand appropriate data describing the machine performance ratings.

20. Flanges and Pipe Threads; All flanges on equipment andappurtenances provided under this division shall conform to ANSI B16.1, Class125; or B16.5, Class 150, unless otherwise shown. All pipe threads shall bein accordance with ANSI B2.1.

21. Inspection, Start-Up, and Field Adjustment:

a. The Contractor shall demonstrate that all equipment meetsthe specified performance requirements. Dpon completion of installation ofmechanical equipment and controls, experienced, competent, and authorizedrepresentative (s) of the manufacturer (s) or supplier(s) of the aerationfacility may, at the Contractor's discretion and without additional cost toDepartment, visit the site of work to perform the following tasks:

(1) To inspect, check, adjust if necessary, andapprove the equipment installation.

(2) To start-up and field-test the equipment forproper operation, efficiency, and capacity.

(3) To perform necessary field adjustments during thetest period until the equipment installation and operation are satisfactoryto the Department.

P12-8

Page 110: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F12 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL

(4) To instruct the Department's personnel in theoperation and maintenance of the equipment. Instruction shall include step-by-step trouble shooting procedures with all necessary test equipment.

b. The costs of all work performed in this Subsection(P12.21) by factory-trained representatives shall be borne by the Contractor.The Department will pay for costs of power and water. When available, theDepartment's operating personnel will provide assistance in the fieldtesting.

22. Tools; The Contractor shall supply one complete set_ofspecial wrenches or other special tools necessary for the assembly,adjustment, and dismantling of the equipment. All wrenches and spannersshallbe of best quality, hardened steel forgings with bright, finished heads andwith work faces dressed to fit nuts. The set of tools shall be neatlymounted in a labeled tool box of suitable design provided with a hingedcover.

- END OF SECTION -

P12-9

Page 111: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F13 PIPING

thickness equals or exceeds the coupling manufacturer's minimum wallthickness, the pipe ends may be grooved.

c. Steel Welding Fittings; Steel welding fittings shallconform to the requirements of the "Specifications for Pipe Fittings ofWrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures"(ASTM A234).

d. Flanges; Where the design pressure is 175 psi or less,flanges shall conform either to AWWA C207 Class 0 or E, or ANSI B16.S 150-lbclass. Where the design pressure is greater than 175 psi, flanges shallconform to ANSI B16.5 300-lb class. Flanges shall have flat faces. Pipeflanges shall be attached with bolt holes straddling the vertical axis of thepipe unless otherwise shown. Attachment of the flanges to the pipe shallconform to the applicable requirements of the above-referenced AWWA StandardC207.

e. Welding; All hand welding shall be done by welderscertified in accordance with the "AWWA Standard for Field Welding of SteelWater Pipe" (AWWA C206).

f. Shop Testing: Upon completion of the welding, but beforelining, each steel plate special shall be bulkheaded and tested under ahydrostatic pressure of not less than 1-1/2 times the pressure for which thepipe has been designed. Any pin holes or porous welds which may be revealedby the test shall be chipped out and rewelded and the pipe or fittingretested.

h. Lining; Except as otherwise provided, all welded steelpipe and fittings shall be lined with cement mortar in accordance with the"AWWA Standard for Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for SteelWater Pipe - 4 Inches and Larger - Shop Applied" (AWWA C205).

i. Coating;

(1) All buried pipe and fittings shall receive a 1/2-inch thick reinforced cement mortar coating. The coating shall be reinforcedwith spirally-wound No. 14 gage steel wire spaced at 1/2-inch centers or No.12 gage steel wire spaced at 1-inch centers, positioned approximately at thecenter of the mortar coating; or in lieu of the spirally-wound wire, thecoating shall be reinforced with 2-inch by 4-inch No. 12 welded wire fabriccrimped so as to hold the wire approximately at the center of the mortarcoating. The wires spaced 2 inches on centers shall extend circumferentiallyaround the pipe with the fabric securely fastened to the pipe. Splices shallbe lapped 4 inches and the free ends tied or looped to assure continuity.Cement, sand and water shall be mixed in the proportions of 1 part cement to

F13-2

Page 112: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F13 - PIPING

1. General:

a. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe,fittings, closure pieces, supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets, jointing materials,and appurtenances as shown and specified, and as required for a complete andworkable piping system.

b. All bolts, nuts, and studs used in the assembly of pipingshall conform to the requirements of Division F8.

c. All exposed piping shall be adequately supported withdevices of appropriate design. Where details are shown, the supports shallconform thereto and shall be placed as indicated, provided that support forall piping shall be complete and adequate regardless of whether or notsupporting devices are specifically shown.

2. Welded Steel Pipe:

a. General; Welded steel pipe and fittings shall bemanufactured of steel plate of the thickness as required for AWWA standardpipe. -Where not shown, the thickness shall be not less than 3/16 of an inchfor pipe 14 inches in diameter and smaller, and not less than 1/4 inch forlarger sizes. Pipe materials, fabrication and shop testing of straight pipeshall conform to the requirements of the "AWWA Standard for Steel Water Pipe6 Inches and Larger" {AWWA C200). All outlets, 4 inches diameter and larger,shall be provided with reinforcing designed for the water working pressurespecified or shown. Shop drawings of all welded steel pipe and fittings, 8inches in diameter and larger, shall be furnished in accordance with DivisionFl. For pipe 14 inches in diameter and larger, the inside diameter after thelining shall not be less than the nominal diameter specified or shown. Pipesmaller than 14 inches in diameter may be furnished in standard outsidediameters.

b. Joints;

(1) Unless otherwise shown, all joints in welded steelpipe shall be circumferentially-welded in the field using slip-bell joints orbutt-welding straps. Where butt-straps are used on 8" diameter or largerpipe, 5-inch diameter hand holes shall be provided to facilitate repair ofthe mortar lining.

(2) Except as otherwise provided herein, wheremechanical type couplings are indicated, the ends of pipe shall be bandedwith Type C collared ends using double fillet welds. Where pipe 12 inch andsmaller is furnished in standard schedule thicknesses, and where the wall

F13-1

Page 113: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F13 . ' PIPING

not more than 3 parts sand. No more than 4-1/2 gallons of water shall be usedper sack of cement. After the outside coating has been applied, the pipeshall be cured for 7 days under sprinklers. The date of coating shall beplainly marked on the inside of each pipe length.

(2) The exterior surfaces of welded steel pipe andfittings which are in valve structures or above ground shall be cleaned,primed and finish-painted as specified in Division F5.

(3) In the case of the aeration tower, the exteriorsurfaces of steel piping inside the tower shall be thoroughly cleaned andcoated with the same material and to the same thickness as specified for theinterior of the aeration tower.

j. Installation;

(1) At all times when the work of installing pipe isnot in progress, all openings into the pipe and the ends of pipe in thetrenches shall be kept tightly closed to prevent entrance of animals andforeign materials. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions toprevent the pipe from floating due to water entering-the trench from anysource, shall assume full responsibility for any damage due to this cause andshall, at his own expense, restore and replace the pipe to its specifiedcondition and grade if it is displaced due to floating. The Contractor shallmaintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a cleanand sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Department.

(2) The pipe sections shall be laid in place to truealignment and grade in accordance with the drawings. Special care shall betaken in placing the pipe and making the field joints. Bumping of the pipein the trench will not be permitted. Fabric slings shall be used forhandling coated pipe, and sandbags shall be used to support the pipe whenstockpiled. Concrete thrust blocks shall be provided at the locations and inthe sizes shown. Bell holes of ample size shall be dug where joints are tobe welded. Joints shall be field-welded in accordance with the AWWA Standardfor Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe" (AWWA C206).

(3) In the case of mortar-lined pipe in sizes 20-inchand smaller, before the spigot is inserted into the bell, the bell end of thepipe shall be daubed with mortar containing 1 part of a non-shrink, non-metallic cement to not more than 3 parts of sand, inserted into the bell andforced to the bottom of the bell. In the case of mortar-lined pipe in sizes24-inch and larger, the joints shall be painted on the inside with mortarafter backfill has been placed. Excess mortar on the inside shall be swabbedout.

F13-3

Page 114: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F13 . ' PIPING

(4) In the case of mortar-coated pipe, after thewelding is completed and inspected by the Department, the outside annularspace between pipe sections shall be completely filled with grout. The groutshall be poured in such a manner that all exposed portions of the metal jointshall be completely protected with cement mortar. Grout used on the outsideof joints shall be a mixture of 1 part of cement to 3 parts of sand, byweight, and shall be sufficiently fluid to permit it to be poured into thejoint space. It shall be poured down one side of the pipe and allowed toflow up the other side. The outside mortar joints shall be properly formedby the use of heavy-duty diapers.

(5) Where butt-straps or closure pieces are used, boththe interior and exterior surfaces .of the butt-straps or closure pieces shallbe given a coating equivalent to the factory-applied cement mortar or enamelcoating of the adjoining pipe sectons. Any exterior cement mortar coating insuch cases shall be reinforced with wire mesh. Any interior cement mortarlining shall be similarly reinforced where the exposed length of the butt-strap or closure piece, as measured between the ends of connected pipesections, exceeds 4 inches.

3. PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Pipe; PVC Pipe shall be made fromall new rigid unplasticized polyvinyl chloride and shall be Normal Impact(Type I) Schedule 80, unless otherwise shown. Elbows and tees shall be ofthe- same material as the pipe. Unless otherwise shown, joints shall besolvent-welded in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Expansionjoints or pipe bends shall be provided to absorb pipe expansion over atemperature range of 100 degrees F.

4. Mechanical-Type Couplings; Mechanical-type couplings shall bedesigned for a water working pressure not less than the design pressure ofthe pipe on which they are to be installed. Couplings for steel pipe shallbe Gustin-Bacon, Victaulic Style 44, or equal, when pipe ends are grooved,and shall be equipped with Grade H rubber gaskets. Couplings for ductileiron pipe slrall be Gustin-Bacon, Victaulic Style 31, or equal, and shall beequipped with Grade M gaskets. Buried or submerged couplings shall beprovided with Type 18-8 stainless steel bolts and nuts.

5. Sleeve-Type Couplings; Sleeve-type couplings shall beprovided where shown, and shall be Rockwell (Smith-Blair), Style 411 orequal. Couplings shall be of steel with steel bolts, without pipe stop, andshall be of sizes to fit the pipe and fittings shown. The middle ring shallbe not less than 1/4-inch in thickness and shall be either 5 or 7 inches longfor standard steel couplings, and 16 inches long for long-sleeve couplings.Bolts for exposed couplings shall be hot-dip galvanized. Bolts for buried orsubmerged couplings shall be of type 18-8 stainless steel. Buried sleeve-type couplings shall be epoxy coated at the factory as specified in DivisionF14.

F13-4

Page 115: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F13 - PIPING

6. Gaskets and Bolts;

a. Refer to Paragraph Fl2.l3.a.

b. Wherever blind flanges are shown, the gaskets shallconsist of 1/8-inch thick cloth-inserted rubber sheet which shall cover theentire inside surface of the blind flange and shall be cemented to thesurface of the blind flange.

c. Except as otherwise provided, bolts shall conform to therequirements of Division P8.

7. Insulating Connections;

a. For insulating connections refer to Division F12.11.

8. Pressure Gages; Pressure gages shall be provided on dischargeconnections from blowers and where shown. Gages shall be quality industrialtype with stainless steel movement, and stainless steel or alloy case. Unlessotherwise shown, pressure gages shall have a 3-1/2 inch dial, 1/4 inchthreaded connection and a shut-c-ff valve. Gages shall be calibrated to readin applicable units, with an accuracy of +1 percent, to 150 percent of theworking pressure of the pipe or vessel to which they are connected. Gagesattached to systems involving chemical solutions shall be equipped withdiaphragm seals or equivalent protective pressure sensing devices.

The schedule of pressure gages is as follows:

Range(inches

Service Type of water)

1. Around the mist eliminator and water Differential 0-0.5distribution

2. Around the packing and packing support Differential 0-5.0

3. Pilot tube Differential 0-3.0

4. Blower discharge Static 0-10

F13-5

Page 116: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec .' 7772

DIVISION F13 • PIPING

9. Fiber Glass Reinforced Plastic Pipe: Fiber glass reinforcedplastic pipe shall be manufactured of epoxy resins reinforced with filament-wound fiber glass reinforcement. Joints between pipe sections shall be madeby means of a tapered socket type joint or a coupling utilizing adhesives orflanges. Flanges used on the pipe shall be of the same material as the pipeand may be installed in the field. Fiber glass reinforced plastic pipe shallbe Bondstrand Series 2000 (Ameron Corrosion Control Division, Brea,California) or equal.

- END OF SECTION -

F13-6

Page 117: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION PI4 - VALVES

1. General:

a. The Contractor shall furnish and install all valves asshown and specified. In addition, valve-operating units, stem extensions andother accessories shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor whereshown, or where required in the opinion of the Department, to provide forconvenience in operation. Where buried valves are indicated, the Contractorshall furnish and install valve boxes to grade with covers containingposition indicator. All valves shall be new and of current manufacture. Allshut-off valves, 6-inch and larger, shall have operators with positionindicators.

b. The flanges of valves may be raised or plain faced.Flanges of valves for water-working pressures of 175 psi or less shall befaced and drilled to 125-lb American Standard template. Flanges of valvesfor water-working pressures greater than 175 psi shall be faced and drilledto 250-lb American Standard template.

c. Unless otherwise specified, each valve body shall betested under a test pressure equal to twice . its design water-workingpressure.

d. Unless otherwise specified, all interior bronze parts ofvalves except gate valve stems, shall conform to the requirements of the"Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings," (ASTM B62).

e. Except where otherwise provided, ferrous surfaces,exclusive of stainless steel surfaces, in the water passages of all valvesfour-inch and larger, as well as the exterior surfaces of all submerged andburied valves, shall be epoxy coated as specified in Paragraph F14.2.

f. Shop drawings of all valves and operators includingwiring diagrams and electrical data, shall be furnished as specified inDivision PI.

g. Where designated, certain valves shall be furnished withelectrohydraulic operators provided by the valve or gate manufacturer. Alloperators of a given type shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. Wherethese operators are supplied by different valve manufacturers, the Contractorshall coordinate their operator selections to provide uniformity of each typeof electrohydraulic operator.

h. Valves and operators in particular locations may requirea combination of units, sensors, limit switches, and controls specified inother divisions of these Specifications. It shall be the responsibility of

F14-1

Page 118: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F14 - VALVES

the Contractor to properly assemble and install these various items so thatall systems are compatible and operating properly. The relationship betweeninterrelated items shall be clearly noted on shop drawing submittals.

i. Except when such requirement is waived by the Departmentin writing, a label shall be provided on all shut-off valves exclusive ofhose bibbs. The label shall be of 1/16-inch plastic, 2 inches by 4 inches insize, shall have white lettering on black background, and shall bepermanently attached to the valve or on the wall adjacent to the valve asdirected by the Department.

2. Epoxy Coating;

a. General; Where specified or shown, an epoxy coatingshall be applied "as specified herein.

b. Material:

(1) Except as otherwise provided herein, the materialused shall be 100 percent powder epoxy and shall be 3-M Company "Scotchcoat,"Michigan Chrome and Chemical Company "Miccron 650 or 651," or equal.

(2) Where, in the Department's opinion, because of thenature of the item being coated, it would be impossible to use the powderepoxy method without causing damage to the item, the use of a liquid epoxywill be permitted. Liquid epoxy shall be 3-M Company No. 302, SOC-CO PlasticCoating Co. Keysite 740, or equal.

c. Surface Preparation; The surface shall be blast-cleanedin accordance with SSPC-SP-5 (White Metal Blast Cleaning). The grit sizeused shall be as recommended by the epoxy manufacturer.

d. Application; Application of the epoxy coating shall bein accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, provided that, if liquidepoxy is permitted, it shall be brush applied without solvent to give therequired total thickness.

e. Thickness of Coating; The minimum dry coating thicknessshall be 8 mils, except that the thickness of coating in the grooves forvalves or fittings designed to receive a rubber gasket shall be approximately5 mils.

f. Inspection; Coating thickness shall be checked with anon-destructive magnetic type thickness gage. Coating integrity shall betested with a sponge testing unit operating at approximately 60 volts. Allpinholes shall be marked, cleaned to base metal, repaired and retested. Nopinholes or other irregularities will be permitted in the final coating.

F14-2

Page 119: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION P14 ' VALVES

g. Field Repairs; If small local repairs are necessary,they shall be made using a liquid epoxy recommended by the manufacturer ofthe epoxy with which the item was initially coated. The surface shall firstbe hand-tool cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP-2 (Hand Tool Cleaning). Therepair epoxy material shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturerVsinstructions.

3. Electrohydraulic Operators;

a. Where electrohydraulic operators are indicated, anelectrohydraulic-operated valve control unit shall be attached to the valveby means of a mounting bracket directly on top of the valve stem housing.

b. The electrohydraulic operator shall be. rotary type, two-position operation (open/close)', with combination electric and self-containedhydraulic power system, fail-safe return spring, manual override, positionindicator, and travel limit switch.

c. Electrohydraulic power shall keep the valve in openposition as long as there is electric power supplied to the actuator. Thereturn spring shall automatically close the valve in the event of a powerfailure and the valve shall remain closed until power is restored.

d. Manual override shall permit manual operation in case ofemergency. A permanently-attached handwheel shall be provided. Thehandwheel shall not rotate during electrohydraulic operation. Manualoperation shall be conducted by disengaging a clutch which shall feature asafe means to prevent accidental electrohydraulic operation while in manualoperating mode. The operator shall return automatically to electrohydraulicoperation as the motor control is energized.

e. The electrohydraulic operator shall be designed and builtfor continuous duty, durable, with lifetime lubrication, and weatherproofenclosure meeting NEMA 4 specifications.

f. The output torque rating shall be 3800 Ib-in. minimum, asrequired by the 16-inch AWWA butterfly valve, where the operator will beinstalled.

g. The electric power source shall be 120-volt, 1-phase, 60-hertz.

h. The Contractor shall assign the valve manufacturer theresponsibility for any field adjustments required to set the limit switchesfor the operator to function as required. The Contractor shall include thecost of this service in his bid.

F14-3

Page 120: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F14 • VALVES

i. The electrohydraulic operator shall be Rockwell RaraconActuator model EH 960, ITT General Controls Division model EHR 240, or equal.

4. Butterfly Valves;

a. Valves; Butterfly valves shall conform to the "Standardfor Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves" (AWWA C504), subject to the followingrequirements. Valves shall be of the class shown. Flanged valves shall have125-lb American Standard flanges and unless otherwise shown, may be eithershort-bodied or long-bodied. Shaft seals shall be designed for use withstandard split-V type packing. All corrosive ferrous surfaces of valves, 4-inch and larger, which will be in contact with water shall be epoxy-coated asspecified in Subparagraph I.e. Valve closure and opening time shall be halfminute to go from fully opened to fully closed and one minute from closed tofully open.

5. PVC Ball Valves; Ball valves shall be designed for a water-working pressure of not less than 150 psi, shall be constructed of PVC and,when in the fully-open position, shall have a port diameter not less thanSchedule 80 PVC pipe of the same nominal diameter. Valves shall be designedwith union ends to permit removal of the valve or the internals from theline, and with end connectors designed for solvent welding to the pipe. Ballvalves shall be Celanese Piping Systems, Inc., Certain-Teed Products Corp.,ITT Grinnell, or equal.

6. Lubricated Plug Valves; Lubricated plug valves shall be ofthe tapered plug type, worm-gear operated, with flanged ends, and shall bedesigned for a water working pressure as shown. The valve bodies and plugsshall be constructed of cast iron. Other parts shall be constructed ofmaterials best suited to the requirements of each part and resistant to weardue to corrosion or friction. All surfaces of the plugs shall be coated witha dry film lubricant, polyfluoride, or equal, permanently bonded to the metalsurfaces. All other corrosive ferrous surfaces of the valves, 4-inch andlarger, which will be in contact with water, shall be epoxy-coated asspecified in Division F14.I.e. The valves shall be provided with a fittingdesigned to provide for application of a sealant through a check valveprotected passage in the stem. Provision shall be made by ducts or groovesto insure the maintenance of a closed pressurized sealant system between allcontact surfaces of moving parts. The plugs shall be held toward their seatsby factory-adjusted gland assemblies set for proper sealing and operatingtorque. The gland assemblies shall be adjustable from the valve exteriorsand shall utilize either spring washers or gland deflection to allow plugunseating when pressurized sealant is injected. The valve bodies and plugsshall have smoothly finished water passages free from sharp corners when theplugs are in the wide-open position. The valve shall be furnished with wormgearing which is completely enclosed in a watertight case and with positionindicator. The valves shall be buried where shown and shall be provided with

F14-4

Page 121: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec . • 7"

DIVISION F14 " VALVES

valve box- and the wrench or stem • extension as shown. Valves shall bedesigned for a water-working pressure of 175 psi and shall be RockwellManufacturing Company, Walworth, or equal.

7. Undesignated Small Valves: All valves not designated on thedrawings as to type shall be subject to approval of the Department.

8. Drain Traps; Drain traps shall be 150-lb iron body float typewith copper or stainless steel float. Bracket, lever, and pins shall be ofstainless steel. Drain traps shall have threaded connections and shall beCrane No. 976, Armstrong, or equal. Drain traps shall be installed at lowpoints in air lines or elsewhere where shown. Liquid outlets shall be pipedto the nearest floor drain or open sump.

9. Valve Boxes; Valve and valve box caps shall be provided whereshown. Valve boxes shall be supported on redwood blocks. The valve box capshall be cast iron with the words "water", "sewer", or "drain" cast into thetop surface.

- END OF SECTION -

F14-5

Page 122: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS . '

DIVISION P15 - ELECTRIC MOTORS

1. General; All electric motors shall conform with thesespecifications unless otherwise specified or shown. EXCEPTIONS: Motors forvalve operators, submersible pumps or motors which are an integral part ofStandard Manufactured Equipment,- i.e., non-NEMA mounting, common shaft withdriven element, part of domestic or commercial use apparatus. For furthermotor details, see individual equipment specifications.

2. Manufacturer and Supplier;

a. Contractor shall have the equipment manufacturer selectand supply suitable electric motors for his equipment. The choice of motormanufacturer shall be his responsibility, subject to favorable review by theDepartment. Such review will consider future availability of replacementparts and compatibility with driven equipment.

b. Electric motors driving identical machines shall beidentical.

c. The motor horsepower shall be not less than the estimatedminimum specified for each driven machine. The nominal horsepower shall beadequate for the driven machine without infringement upon the motor servicefactor.

d. If the estimated minimum horsepower specified is notadequate to satisfy the foregoing restrictions or any other requirements ofthese specifications, the motor with next larger horsepower shall be suppliedat no additional cost to the Department. In addition, any changes caused byincrease in motor horsepower shall be made by the Contractor at no additionalcost to the Department; such changes may involve circuit breakers, magneticstarters, motor feeder conductors and conduit sizes, etc.

3. Des ign Character istics:

a. General; All electric motors shall comply with NEMAStandard MG-1.

b. Electric motors shall be NEMA Design B, (except as notedin equipment specifications for motors controlled for variable speedoperation and other special motors,) constant speed squirrel-cage inductionmotors having normal starting torque with low starting current. In no caseshall starting torque or breakdown torque be less than the value specified inNEMA Standard MG-1. Motors shall be suitable for part-winding, star deltastarting, or 2-speed winding, as shown on the electrical drawings.

F15-1

Page 123: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION PI5 . - ELECTRIC MOTORS»

4. Motor Voltage;

a. Motors shall be rated in accordance with the following,unless otherwise specified. Motors with obsolete voltage rating will not beaccepted.

b. Motors below 1/2-horsepower shall be rated 115-volts, singlephase, 60 Hertz. Dual voltage motors rated 115/230-volts, 115/208-volts, or120-240 volts are acceptable.

c. Motors 1/2 horsepower and larger shall be rated 480 volts,'3-phase, 60-Hertz, as required and as shown on the electrical drawings.

5. Motors Installed Outdoors; All motors installed outdoors 50 Hp orsmaller shall be totally enclosed, fan cooled (TEFC) with a Service Factor of1.0.

6. Motors Installed Indoors; All motors installed indoors shall beopen drip-proof with a service factor of 1.15 minimum.

7. Insulation (Standard Duty Motors): Standard duty motors shall befurnished for all equipment, unless otherwise specified. These motors shallhave Class B or F insulation, rated to operate at a maximum ambienttemperature of 40°C and at altitudes where the motor will be installed andoperated.

8. Insulation (Heavy Duty Motors); Where called out as heavy dutymotors in individual equipment specifications, electric motors shall befurnished with Class B or F insulation, rated to operate at a maximum ambienttemperature of 65°C and at the altitudes where the motors will be installedand operated.

9. Bearings;

a. - General; Bearings shall conform with Paragraph 7, except assupplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification.

b. Bearing Life (Standard Duty Motors); Unless otherwisespecified, all motors shall be suitable for standard duty with a minimumbearing life of 5 years or 20,000 hours (B-10 rating), whichever comes first.

c. Bearing Life (Heavy Duty Motors); Where equipment isspecified for heavy duty service, bearings shall be designed for a minimumrated B-10 life of 10 years or 40,000 hours, whichever comes first.

d. Fractional horsepower through 2 horsepower motors shallbe furnished with Lubricated-for-Life ball bearings.

F15-2

Page 124: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

DIVISION P15

Spec. 7772

ELECTRIC MOTORS

e. Motors larger than 2 horsepower shall be furnished withrelubricatable ball bearings except vertical pump motors.

10. Nameplate; All motors shall be fitted with a permanent, non-corrosive nameplate stamped or engraved with NEMA Standard motor data,including bearing description and lubrication instructions. Insulationclass, ambient temperature and altitude rating, if applicable, shall beincluded.

11. Miscellaneous;

a. Horizontal motors 3 horsepower and larger, and allvertical motors, shall have split-type cast metal conduit boxes. Motorsother than open drip-proof shall be gasketed.

b. All motors weighing 265 Ib (120 Kg} or more shall havesuitable lifting devices for installation and removal.

12. Shop Drawings;

a. Complete motor data shall be included in the submittal ofdriven machinery shop drawings. Motor manufacturer shall prepare motor datato include;

machine(1) Machine name and specification number of driven

(2) Motor manufacturer

(3) Motor type or model and dimension drawing

(4) Nominal horsepower

(5) NEMA design

(6) Frame size

(7) Enclosure

(8) Winding insulation class and treatment

(9) Rated ambient temperature

(10) Service factor

(11) Voltage, phase and frequency rating

F15-3

Page 125: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F15 ' ELECTRIC MOTORS

(12) Full " load current at rated horsepower forapplication voltage

(13) Starting code letter, or locked, rotor KVA, orcurrent

(14) Special winding configuration such as part-winding, star-delta

(15) Rated full load speed

NOTE: Driven machinery shop drawing subraittal withoutthe above information will not be acceptable for review by the Department.

b. If electrical work is subcontracted, the Contractor shallsupply the electrical subcontractor with the latest approved (by theDepartment) copy of the motor data. This information shall be used in theselection and installation of overload protection devices, and forverification and setting of circuit trip elements.

13. Information to Manufacturers; The Bidders shall furnish acopy of these electric motor specifications to all prospective suppliers ofmotors for their comprehensive use prior to opening of bid. Thereafter, theContractor shall ensure that his equipment suppliers are provided with copiesof this Division F15 for use in motor selections and in the preparation ofshop drawings.

14. Manufacturers; Motors shall be General Electric,Westinghouse, U.S. Motors, or equal.

- END OF SECTION -

F15-4

Page 126: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION P16 - CHEMICAL FEEDERS

1. General;

a. Scope; Furnish and install the chemical feeder asspecified and shown, complete with necessary appurtenances, drives, motors,valves, supports and controls, to provide a complete, workable system.

b. Pump Accessoriest All metering pumps shall be mounted onconcrete pedestals and they shall be provided with corrosion resistantpulsation dampeners, sample valves, pressure gages with diaphragm seals,shut-off valves, check valves, relief valves. In addition, valved flushconnections shall be provided on the suction of the feeder. The flushconnection shall be the quick coupler type suitable for water hoseconnection. All pipe connections to feeders must be firmly supported from afloor-mounted, galvanized, structural steel frame, to avoid any stress on thefeeder or on the piping system.

.c. Unit Responsibility; Each chemical feeder system alongwith all related tanks, mixers, pumps, piping, valves and controls, shall bethe responsibility of a single supplier for proper system design andoperation. Other applicable Sections of these specifications are:

DIVISION TITLE COMPONENT

P5 Painting and Coatings paintingF8 Structural Steel and Misc. Metalwork baseF10 Chemical Storage Tank tanksP13 Piping pipingF14 Valves and Gates valvesF15 Electric Motors motors

d. Shop Drawings; Shop drawings for all equipment specified inthis Division shall be furnished in accordance with Division Fl. Themanufacturer of the chemical feeding equipment, or its authorizedrepresentative, shall furnish at least 2 days service at the aerationfacility for equipment checking and calibration and instruction of theDepartment's personnel.

e. References; Motors shall be as specified in Division F15.For power and motor control equipment see Division F22. For painting andcoating see Division F5.

f. Manufacturer's Experience; The chemical feeding equipmeratshall be the product of a manufacturer who has designed and manufacturedsimilar equipment and has a record of several years of successful operation.

F16-1

Page 127: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F16 " CHEMICAL FEEDERS

The Contractor may be required to submit evidence to this effect togetherwith a representative list' of installations.

g. Spare Parts; The chemical feeder shall be furnished witha complete set of necessary spare parts, such as seals, packing, gaskets,belts, and any other parts subject to wear. The total cost for these itemsshall not be less than $75.00 and shall be part of the Contractor's bidprice. The Contractor shall submit a recommended list of spare parts forreview in accordance with Division Pi. The cost for each item shall beitemized in the submittal.

2. Metering Pumps;

a. General; The Contractor shall furnish and install thechemical metering pump as shown, for feeding 40% by weight of sodiumhexametaphosphate. The pump shall be of corrosion-resistant construction anddiaphragm and seals shall be a suitable material for the chemical indicatedat a maximum temperature of 125°P. The pump shall be complete with pumpbase, drive, diaphragm, check valves, back-pressure valve, internal reliefvalve, pulsation dampener, coupling guard and electric motor. A complete setof extra diaphragms and seals shall be furnished with the pump in accordancewith Division FIS.l.g. The pump shall have a capacity of 0.01 to 1.0 GPH ata pressure of 100 psi.

b. Construction; The pumps shall be of the hydraulicallyactuated diaphragm type, suitable for metering service, with an adjustablestroke (dosage) control range of 10:1 with accuracy of 1.0 percent of thefull-scale range. Wetted parts of all metering pumps shall be selected bythe manufacturer to ensure optimum corrosion and erosion-free operation forthe chemicals involved. The electrical supply requirements shall be as shownon the electrical drawings.

c. Control; The dosage of each metering pump shall be setat each metering pump control station. The drive speed of each metering pumpshall vary automatically in response to a 4-20 ma flow signal input from theinfluent meter. The dosage of the metering pump shall be manually controlledat the metering pump. Automatic speed adjustment shall be provided tomaintain required dosage at all volume of tower flows.

d. Manufacturer; BIF, Milton Roy, Wallace and Tiernan(Penwalt), or equal.

- END OF SECTION' -

F16-2

Page 128: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

H000048

Spec. 7772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F17 - BLOWER EQUIPMENT

1. Generals

a. General; The Contractor shall furnish and install theblower and equipment as shown and specified.

b. Completenesst Each item of equipment shall be furnishedand installed complete with all supports, mounting frames, duct work, piping,electric drive units and controls, mechanical equipment, electrical work, andappurtenances, ready for operation.

c. Quality; All mechanisms or parts shall be amplyproportioned for the stresses which may occur during operation or for anyother stresses which may occur during fabrication and erection. Individualparts furnished which are alike in all units shall be alike in workmanship,design, and materials and shall be of the Manufacturer's top line,Industrial-Commercial grade.

d. Roughening-Inr The Contractor shall ascertain that allinserts, chassis, shafts, and openings are correctly located.

e. Supports: All equipment and appurtenances shall befirmly anchored or connected to supporting members. All supports requiredfor the proper installation of the equipment, but not forming an integralpart of the structure, shall be provided unless specifically noted otherwise.Equipment shall be supported on spring-type vibration isolators.

f. Guarantee; The blower furnished and installed by theContractor shall carry the manufacturer's standard guarantee, and all suchguarantees shall be furnished to the Department upon final acceptance of thecompleted systems by the Department.

g. Checking; The Contractor shall test and make tight allwork, furnish all equipment necessary to carry out the tests and thoroughlyclean the system before starting same. The system shall be free of anyobjectionable vibrations and noise. Flexible connections shall be providedin all ducts and piping connections to fans, compressors, and any othervibrating equipment.

h. Codes; All work and materials shall be in fullaccordance with the latest rules and regulations or publications of the StateEnergy Resources Conservation and Development Commission, the State FireMarshall, the Industrial Safety Orders, and Health and Safety Rules (AirConditioning Systems), the local Plumbing Code, the local Building Code, andall other local codes. Nothing in the plans or Specifications shall beconstrued to permit work in violation of the above codes, rules, andregulations.

F17-1

Page 129: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P17 ' BLOWER EQUIPMENT

i. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted forreview in accordance with Division PI.

j. References; Electrical work and power and motor controlequipment shall be as specified in Divisions F20, F21, and F22. Electricmotors shall be as specified in Division F15.

2. Ductwork and Miscellaneous Accessories:

a. Blower Discharge Transition; Discharge transition shallbe constructed with airtight joints, of mild steel and minimum thickness ofgage 10. All surfaces shall be prepared, painted, and coated in accordancewith Division F5.

b. Flexible Connector; Flexible connector shall be highcorrugation type, of Type 316 SS with minimum thickness of 0.050". Theconnector shall be able to absorb repeated axial, lateral and angulardeflections. Manufacturer: Hyspan Series 2500, or equal.

3. Piping; All piping in connection with work shall be inaccordance with Division F13 and F15. Where not called out, the equipmentdrains shall be of type "K" copper tube or Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe.

4. Controls; All blower equipment shall be provided withcontrols as shown.

5. Tests; Upon completion of the installation, the blower unitshall be tested for satisfactory operation without excessive noise,vibration, overheating, etc. The test will be conducted during normaloperation of the equipment (design air and water rates). During the test theContractor shall take measurements to verify that the equipment meets itsspecified performance criteria. These test results shall be submitted to theDepartment.

6: Blower;

a. General; Blower shall be complete with motor, adjustablemotor base, belt guard, inlet guard, vibration isolators, controls andaccessories. A pi tot tube shall be provided on the air inlet duct to measurethe output pressure.

b. Construction; Blower shall be of the airfoil bladedtype, centrifugal fan, single inlet, non-overloading and heavy duty.Bearings shall be of the anti-friction type, rated for a minimum B-10 life of100,000 hours. The wheel speed shall be less than 1600 rpra and the outletshall have a minimum area of 4 square feet. The housing shall be providedwith a drain valve and trap at the lowest point. Painting and coating shallbe in accordance with Division F5.

F17-2

Page 130: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

H000048Sp.ec. 7772

DIVISION F17 • BLOWER EQUIPMENT

c. Performance; Blowers shall be guaranteed to deliver thequantities of standard air against the respective static pressure withoutdeviating by more than 5 percent. The blower wheel -shall be statically anddynamically balanced, and shall be free from objectionable vibration ornoises. The blower and blower drive shall produce noise levels not to exceed80 decibels in all directions from the input and 10 feet away, when measuredwith a standard sound level meter on the "A" scale and slow response. If onlycomponents of a complete unit can be measured, then the same requirementsapply to each component except that the distance is reduced to 6 feet.

7. Blower Drives;

a. V-belt drives shall be rated for not less than 150percent of motor nameplate rating. When more than one belt is fitted on adrive, the belts shall be matched sets..

b. Motors larger than 1/2 hp shall be provided with aminimum of two belts, and the motor shall be fitted with adjustable pitchsheave having the midpoint adjustment range equal to the specified airvolume. The motor drive is to be TEFC with a maximum 15 hp rating and shallbe 480-V, 3-phase. The entire blower unit is to be skid mounted on I-beamsor channels, complete with all belts, drives, switchgear, and controls, readyfor operation.

c. During balancing tests it may be determined that it isnecessary to change the size of sheaves and belts to obtain the required airvolume. This work shall be performed at the Contractor's expense.

d. All exposed belt drives shall be fitted with an easilyremovable belt guard complying with CAL-OSHA code requirements. A tachometerhole shall be provided at the fan shaft end, centered over the fan shaft.

8. Requirements! The blower shall have a minimum output of 8020cfm at the total air pressure loss calculated for, but not limited to thefollowing;

a. air exhaust ducting up to the flange connecting to theducting leading to the emissions control facility

b. mist eliminator

c. flow distributor

d. tower packing

e. packing bed support plate

F17-3

Page 131: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F17 ' . " BLOWER EQUIPMENT

f. air inlet duct and hood

The Contractor shall furnish calculations itemizing each source ofpressure loss, stating the type and size of the tower packing chosen, andstating the blower horsepower rating for the approval of the Department inaccordance with Division PI. If the blower rating is other than 15 hp, theContractor shall determine the proper ratings for the motor circuit protectorand main breaker and shall submit these ratings for approval by theDepartment in accordance with Division Pi, otherwise they shall be as shown.

- END OF SECTION -

F17-4

Page 132: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION P18 - PLUMBING

1. General:

a. The Contractor shall furnish and install plumbing anddrainage system as shown, in accordance with applicable standards and codes.

b. All pipes shall be properly graded, according to theapplicable plumbing code, and securely supported with pipe brackets. A shut-off valve shall be incorporated into the supply line to the safety shower/eyewash and hose bibb.

c. Piping materials, valves, insulation and installation ofpiping shall be as specified in Divisions F13 and F14, and as shown on pipingschedule. Plumbing work shall be tested in accordance with plumbing code.

2. Floor Drains and Floor Sinks;

a. General; The Contractor shall provide floor drains andsafety shower with eye wash, where shown. No equipment drains shalldischarge to floor slabs.

b. Floor drains shall be Zurn No. Z-520Y; Josam No. 31120;J.R. Smith Fig. 2350; or equal, with sediment bucket in the sizes as shown.Small trenches shall be provided with hub drains with hub grate, AlhambraFoundry No. A-329, or equal.

c. Floor sinks shall be 12-inch x 12-inch x 8-inch, of acid-resistant white enameled cast iron, Zurn No. Z-1806; Josam No. 49040; J.R.Smith Fig. 3150; or equal.

3. Cleanouts: All cleanouts shall be heavy plugs with taperedshoulders against calked lead or heavy brass plugs. Where underground orconcealed, cleanouts shall be brought to floor level and to accessiblelocations with access covers and frames. Cleanouts shall be Zurn, J.R.Smith, Josam, or equal.

4. Hose Bibbs; Hose bibbs shall be heavy duty, with full-flowwater passage, male inlet and hose thread outlet, and made of brass. Hosebibbs shall be Wilkins Model No. 190-4, Chicago Faucets Model No. 7T, orequal. Where hose bibbs are connected to a non-potable water supply, theyshall be provided with plastic or stainless steel warning signs "DO NOT DRINK"(not smaller than 8-inch x 2-inch), ,in clearly legible letters, andpermanently attached at the hose bibb.

F18-1

Page 133: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P18 . PLUMBING

5. Floor Mounted Hose Reel; A floor mounted hose reel shall beinstalled at the location shown. The reel shall be of all steel constructionand shall be the roll-up type. The reel shall have a capacity to hold 50feet of 3/4-inch hose.

6. Hoses and Nozzles:

a. The Contractor shall furnish one length of 35 foot hosematching the size of the hose bibbs.

b. The hose shall be provided with male and femaleconnectors and nozzle. The hose shall be designed for a working presure ofat least 200 psi.

c. The nozzle shall be heavy duty and adjustable fromcomplete shut-off to full stream. Nozzle material shall be brass and length4 inches minimum.

7. Safety Showers; Safety showers shall be the drench type witheye wash. The unit shall include shower head, self-closing manual valve,handle, eye wash, and 1-1/4-inch supply. The unit shall be installed on asuitably sized concrete foundation. The unit shall be HAWS Model No. 8300 orWestern Drinking Fountains, Inc. Model 9301, or equal.

- END OF SECTION -

F18-2

Page 134: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISIOM F19 - FLOW METERS

. 1. General;

a. The Contractor shall furnish and install the meters asspecified and shown. For painting and coating see Division F5. Forinstrumentation see Paragraph F19.2.C.

b. Installation and Test; The Contractor shall assemble andinstall all equipment in. strict accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions under the supervision of the manufacturer's representative,under the general review of the Department. All installations shall beaccomplished by competent craftsmen in a workmanlike manner. Equipment shallbe prepared for operational use in accordance with manufacturer'sinstructions, including bench test and calibration, where required. Eachitem shall be subjected to an operating test over the total range ofcapability of the equipment. Where applicable, tests shall be conducted inaccordance with the Test Code of the Standards of the Hydraulic Institute.The Contractor shall be furnished copies of factory test certifications andshall notify the Department one week in advance of all tests to be conductedon site. Final acceptance of the equipment is contingent on satisfactoryoperation after installation.

c. Spare Parts; The Contractor shall provide a list ofmanufacturer's recommended spare parts and after the Department's approval,shall furnish all spare parts suitably packaged and labeled.

d. Special Tools; A list of special tools required shall besubmitted to the Department for approval. The tools shall be suitablywrapped and identified for application. Special tools shall includesubstitute steel spools for the meter for maintenance purposes. The spoolshall be labeled to identify the meter for which temporary replacement isrequired. The label shall include the meter identification number, size andservice.

e. Shop Drawings; Submit complete shop drawings of themeter for review in accordance with Division Fl.

2. Propeller Meter;

a. General; The Contractor shall furnish and install asaddle-type propeller meter where shown and as called out below. The metershall be suitable for operation with groundwater at process temperatures andat a minimum working pressure of 150 psi. The propeller meter shall registerflow to a guaranteed accuracy of +2 percent, throughout the range specified.

b. Construction; The saddle propeller meter shall have stainlesssteel straightening vanes. The meter shall feature a 4-pole magnetic type

F19-1

Page 135: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F19 " FLOW METERS

drive which will prevent the process fluid from contacting any gears,bearings, shafts, etc., within the meter. The rotation of the propellershall, be transmitted from the magnetic drive to the register and transmitterby means of a flexible or rigid connecting shaft. The propeller shall be of3-bladed conical design, constructed of rigid plastic that will not flex orotherwise change in dimension under maximum flow conditions through themeter. Each meter shall be furnished with a 6-digit, direct-readingtotalizer, registering in gallons. In addition, specified units shallinclude an integral transmitter, and a local flow rate indicator.

c. Instrumentation; Those meters requiring remoteindication, recording, or control shall be equipped with a transmitter whichshall be of the optical pulse-rate generator type. The pulse frequencysignal of 0-20 pulses per second shall be proportional to a. flow from zero tomaximum flow as shown. These pulse rate output signals shall be utilized byother devices as required in Division F16 of these specifications. A signalconverter and power supply mounted in a NEMA 4 enclosure shall be furnishedwith the flowmeter as shown in the drawings. The power supply shall producethe D.C. power required to operate the flow transmitter. A signal converter,signal isolator, and indicating chart recorder shall be furnished, as shownin the drawings, in accordance with Division F20.13.

d. Manufacturer:

Sparling Division of Envirotech Corp., model 103, Badger Meter Mfg. Company(Penn), Rockwell International, or equal.

e. Schedule of Saddle Propeller Meters:

Service Size Flow Range PressureInches GPM Rating

PSI

Groundwater 16 500-2200 150

3. Averaging Pitot Tubes;

a. General; Averaging pitot tube metering system shall becomplete with pressure sensor, flow indicator, attaching hardware, connectingtubings, valves, vent or settling chamber as required by type ofinstallation, mounting accessories and supports.

b. Construction; The pressure sensor shall be of the probeor insert type made of 304 stainless steel and shall allow removal andreinstallation wihtout disrupting operations. Sensor shall be rigidlyconstructed and firmly attached to the pipe line. The flow indicator shall

F19-2

Page 136: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7 7 7 2

DIVISIOS F19 . ' PLO» METERS

have a corrosion resistant and weather proof casing and properly supported ormounted as indicated on the drawings. Connecting tubings shall be Type Kcopper for outdoor and for long run installations. The system shall be ableto seter air at 185°F and 8.0 psig maiiaum, shall have a permanent pressureloss not exceeding 3 percent of the output differential and accuracy of -f 2percent aaximum of. actual flow. The manufacturer shall submit a certifiedcurve wtich shall show flow versus differential pressure as well as data tosubstantiate performance. Each sensor and indicator shall be provided with apermanently stamped nameplate in accordance with Paragraph F12.23.

c. Manufacturer; Dwyer aodel 160-12, or equal.

d. Pi tot Tube Schedule;

Service Size Flow Range PressureInches CFM Rating

PSI

Blower 26 7000-9000 0-10Discharge

- END OP SECTION -

F19-3

Page 137: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F20 - ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL

. 1. General;

a. This division of the Specification describes thematerial, management/ and methods to be utilized by the Contractor for theinstallation of the work and systems described in other Divisions.

b. The work includes the work of the Divisions listed belowas well as the connection of equipment furnished under Divisions notspecifically mentioned herein. The work includes all appurtenances requiredfor a complete facility ready foe service.

(1) Division F21 - Power, Lighting and MiscellaneousElectrical Systems.

(2) Division F22 - Motor Control Equipment.

2. Codes and Standards;

a. All equipment and materials shall conform to the latestrevision of the following standards:

(1) American National Standards Institute (ANSI).•

(2) Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(IEEE).

(3) National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA).

(4) Underwriters' Laboratories (UL).

(5) Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association(IPCEA).

(6) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

b. All electrical equipment and materials, and the design,construction, and installation thereof, shall comply with all applicableprovisions of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards (29CFR1910 and 20 CFR1926,as applicable) , State Building Standards, and applicable local codes andregulations.

F20-1

Page 138: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F20 " . ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL

3. Working Drawings;

a. The electrical Drawings constitute an integral part ofthis Contract and serve as the working drawings. They indicate generalarrangements and locations.

b. Ml items not specifically shown on the Drawings, butobviously required to obtain a workable installation, shall be included.

4. Record Drawings;

a. The Contractor shall provide a set of Drawings showingdepths and routing of all concealed below-grade electrical installations andcomplete control schematic and wiring diagrams of the motor control centerincluding the air blower control panel, influent control valve, flowmeasuring system, and chemical feed pump control cabinet. All controlschematics shall show all terminal numbers. All wiring diagrams shall showall wiring between all devices and all terminals. This set of recorddrawings shall be available to the Department during construction. Afterfinal inspection, the Contractor shall transfer all record drawinginformation to a set of reproducible tracings which shall be of a quality asleast as good as the working drawings. The tracings shall then be deliveredto the Department.

5. Article 5-left blank on purpose.

6. Electrical Permits;

The Contractor, at his own expense, shall provide all necessaryelectrical permits and shall obtain final approval of all electricalinstallations from the Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety.

F20-2

Page 139: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P20 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL

7. Equipment, Materials, and Workmanship;

a. It Is the intent of the Contract Documents to establishquality standards for all equipment and materials and to require first-classworkmanship in order to facilitate trouble-free operation and minimummaintenance of the project.

b. All equipment and materials shall be new, shall be listedby UL, and shall bear the UL label, where UL requirements apply. Allequipment and materials shall be products of reputable, experiencedmanufacturers. Similar items in the project shall be the products of thesame manufacturer. All equipment and materials shall be of industrial gradeand standard of construction, shall be of sturdy design and manufacture, andshall be capable of long/ reliable/ trouble-free service.

c. All work, including installation, connection,calibration, testing, and adjustment, shall be accomplished by qualified,experienced personnel working under continuous, competent supervision. Thefinal completed installation shall display superior work, employingindustrial standards and methods.

8. Testing;

a. The Contractor shall perform on-site tests, in thepresence of the Department, to demonstrate compliance with the requirementsof this Specification; submittal procedure shall be in accordance withDivision Fl. Such testing shall include:

(1) Testing for the ground resistance value specifiedunder Grounding (Division F20.9).

(2) Insulation resistance tests as specified underWire and Cable (Division F21.3).

(3) Operational testing of all equipment furnishedand/or connected in Divisions F21 and F22.

9. Shop Drawings and Catalog Datat

a. All submittals required by this Division shall be made inaccordance with the Division Fl.

b. Within 35 days after execution of the contract, theContractor shall submit complete material lists for the work of this 'Division. Such lists shall state manufacturer and brand name of each classof material.

F20-3

Page 140: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F20 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL

c. Shop drawings are requited for material and equipmentwhich are listed in the appropriate divisions. Shop drawings shall providesufficient information to evaluate the suitability of the proposed materialfor the intended use and for compliance with this Specification; data shallinclude:

(1) Front, side, rear elevations and top views.

(2) Location of conduit entrances and access plates.

(3) Component data.

(4) Connection diagrams, terminal diagrams, internalwiring diagrams, conductor size, etc.

(5) Method of anchoring, weight.

(6) Finish.

(7) Nameplates.

d. Catalog data shall be submitted to supplement the shopdrawings. Catalog cuts, bulletins, brochures or the like, or photocopies ofapplicable pages thereof, or shop drawings, shall be submitted for massproduced, non-custom manufactured material. These catalog data sheets shallbe stamped to indicate the project name, applicable Specification Divisionand Paragraph, and the model number and options shall be marked in spacedesignated for such data in the stamp.

10. Area Designations;

a. General Purpose Locations; For purposes of delineatingelectrical enclosure and electrical installation requirements of thisproject, certain areas have been classified as defined below. Electricalinstallations within these areas shall conform to the referenced coderequirements for the area involved. Electrical work installed in areas whichare not specifically classified shall be "General Purpose"; workmanship andenclosures shall comply with the general requirements of this Specification.

b. Wet Locations; All locations exposed to weather, areclassified as wet locations. In this area classification, raceway shall berigid steel conduit; entrances shall be threaded; fittings shall havegasketed covers; and covers shall be vertical or preferably horizontal at alow point to drain the fitting or conduit system. Threaded fasteninghardware shall be stainless steel; mounting brackets galvanized. Attachmentsor assembly by welding must be galvanized after fabrication. Controlcabinets, panels, and motor control devices located outdoors shall be

F20-4

Page 141: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION- F20 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL

"Weatherproof." Enclosures shall be mounted with a 1/4-inch air space fromwalls unless otherwise specifically noted on the drawings.

c. Corrosive Locations; Corrosive locations shall havestainless steel threaded hardware/ all other electrical hardware/ fittingsand raceway shall be PVC coated. Enclosures with hinged doors shall be offiberglass and reinforced polyester.

11. Grounding;

a. Ground continuity throughout the facility shall bemaintained by installing an electrically continuous metallic raceway systemor a non-metallic raceway with a grounding conductor, when non-metallicraceway is permitted in this Specification. Metallic raceway shall beinstalled with double lock nuts or hubs at enclosures; a-c conductors shallcontain a copper grounding conductor either bare, or green if insulated; suchconductor shall be bonded to terminal and intermediate metallic enclosures.

b. Metal equipment platforms which support any electricalequipment shall be bonded to the nearest ground bus or to the nearestswitchgear ground bus; this grounding requirment is in addition to theraceway grounding required in the preceding paragraph (a).

c. Connection to ground electrodes and ground conductorsshall be exothermic welded where concealed and shall be bolted pressure typewhere exposed. Connectors shall be of copper alloy and shall be made upwrench-tight.

d. Ground rods shall conform to ANSI/UL 467-1984 "Groundsand Grounding" and shall be 3/4-inch copper-clad steel, sectional type,joined by threaded copper alloy couplings. Locations shall be a shown on the•drawings. Number of rods shall be required to obtain a ground resistance ofno more than 5 ohms.

e. Grounding cable shall be copper and sized in accordancewith Code requirements, when not sized as shown on the Drawings.

f. Insulated grounding bushings shall be employed for allgrounding connections to steel conduits in the motor control center, inpullboxes and elsewhere where conduits do not terminate at a hub or a sheetmetal enclosure.

g. Where insulated bushings are required, they shall beinstalled in addition to double lock-nuts.

F20-5

Page 142: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F20 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL

12. Equipment Anchoring:

Anchoring methods and leveling criteria recommended by equipmentmanufacturers are a part of the work of this Contract; such recommendationsshall be submitted as required for shop drawings.

13. Conductor and Equipment Identification;

a. Completed electrical installation shall be provided withadequate identification to facilitate the proper control of circuits andequipment and to reduce maintenance effort.

b. The Contractor shall assign to each control wire andcable a.unique identification number. This number shall be assigned to allconductors having common terminals and shall be shown on all shop drawings.These numbers shall appear within 3 inches of conductor terminals. "Control"shall be defined as any conductor used for alarm, or signal purposes, orconnect switch or relay contacts, or relay coils.

(1) The method of identification shall be eitherimprinted plastic coated cloth by Brady; or Thomas & Betts; imprinted heatshrink tubing or imprinted split-sleeve markers cemented in place; or equal.

(2) Multiconductor cable shall be assigned a numberwhich shall be attached to the cable at intermediate pull boxes and at stup-up locations beneath free-standing equipment. It is expected that the cablenumber will form a part of the individual wire number. Individual controlconductors shall all be identified at pull points as described above.

c. All 480-volt system conductors shall be color coded.Color coding tape shall be used where colored insulation is not available.Branch circuit switch shall be yellow. Insulated ground wire shall be green,and gray neutral. Color coding and phasing shall be consistent throughoutthe site, bus bars at panelboards, and motor control centers shall beconnected Phase A-B-C, top to bottom, or left to right facing connectinglugs.

d. General purpose a-c control conductors shall be pink.

e. All spare conductors shall be terminated on terminalscrews and shall be identified with a unique number as well as withdestination.

f. Nameplates shall be provided for all panelboards, panels,starters, switches, pushbutton stations, etc. In addition to the nameplatesshown on the Drawings, control devices shall be equipped with standard collartype legend plates, as required.

P20-6

Page 143: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F20 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL

g. Control devices within enclosures shall be identified inaccordance with the Drawings; identification shall be embossed plastic tape.

h. Terminal strips shall be identified by imprinted,varnished, marker strips, attached under the terminal strip.

i. Empty conduits shall be tagged at both ends to indicatedestination at far end. When it is not possible to tag conduit, destinationshall be identified by marking adjacent surface.

14. Finish:

a. General purpose enclosures and other than general purposeenclosures which are smaller in volume than 500 cubic inches shall befinished in accordance with the manufacturer's standard procedures; finishcolor shall be ANSI 61.

b. NEMA 3, 4, and 12 enclosures larger in volume than 500cubic inches shall be finished according to Paint Division of theseSpecifications, except -for finish requirements pertaining to the motorcontrol center.

15. Instrumentation;

. a. Pulse Rate' to Voltage/Current Signal Convertor; Thesignal convertors shall accept a pulse rate input signal and produce a 4-20MA current output signal in linear proportion to the input signal. Theoutput scan and zero shall be adjustable and accuracy shall be within Kl.lpercent of span. The unit shall be surface or rack mounted. Power inputshall be 120 AC, 60 Hz.

The signal convertors shall be AGM electronics Model TA-5100,Moore Industries Model FDT or equal. Tag Number FX-101.

b. Signal Isolator; Signal isolators shall have completeisolation of input, output and power input. Signal input shall be 4-20 MAinto 50 ohms maximum; signal output shall be 4-20 MA into 1000 ohms minimum.Power input shall be 120 VAC 60 Hz. Span and zero shall be adjustable;accuracy shall be +0.1 percent of span. Units shall be surface or rackmounted. Signal isolators shall be Moore Industries Model SCT, RochesterInstrument Systems Model SC-1302-L2, AGM Electronics TA-4000 or equal. TagNumber FN-101.

c. Recorder, Circular Chart; Circular chart recorders shallbe approximately 14" W x 20" H x 6" D and be suitable for surface or flushmounting. Enclosures shall be general purpose.

F20-7

Page 144: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

' i • t • • • . ) • * *

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F20 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL

Recorders shall be of solid state design with one fibre tippedservo operated pen. Ink color shall be red. Chart drive shall be 7 day.Charts shall be 12 inch diameter scaled in the units shown or specified withtime and day markings. A one year supply of charts and pens shall befurnished with each recorder. Recorders shall have an indicator scaled inengineering units.

Accuracy shall be within +0.5 percent of span. Input powershall be 120 VAC 60 Hz.

Circular chart recorders shall be Fischer & Porter Series 51-1102DB, Bristol Babcock Model 4331, or equal. Tag Number FIR-101.

- END OF SECTION -

F20-8

Page 145: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F21 - POWER, LIGHTING AND MISCELLANEOUS

1. General;

a. The work of this Division shall comply with allapplicable provisions of Division F20, Electrical Work, General.

b. This Division sets forth specific requirements for:

(1) Raceway

(2) Conductors

(3) P.anelboards

(4) Disconnect switches

(5) Combination starters

(6) .Outlet and junction boxes

2. Raceway;

a. Material; Raceway shall be rigid steel conduit, unlessindicated otherwise. Rigid steel conduit shall be full weight, mild steel,hot-dip galvanized and bichromate coated inside and outside aftergalvanizing. All steel conduit installed in direct contact with earth and inconcrete slabs on grade shall be corrosion protected. Corrosion protectedconduit shall be left exposed until inspected and approved by the Department.

All non-metallic conduit shall be rigid PVC with Schedule40 dimensions.

Flexible metallic conduit shall be fabricated fromgalvanized interlocked steel strip. Liquid-tight flexible metallic conduitshall have an extruded polyvinylchloride covering of the flexible steelconduit.

Raceway which is required to be corrosion protected shallhave a polyvinyl-chloride jacket. Polyvinylchloride jacketed conduit shallbe Underwriters' Laboratories listed and all conduit, prior to crating, shallconform to Federal Specification WW-C-581d, ANSI rigid steel conduitspecification C80.1-1959, and to Underwriters' Laboratories specifications.The zinc surfaces of the conduit shall remain intact and undisturbed on boththe inside and the outside of the conduit through the preparation andapplication processing. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the galvanizedouter surface of the conduit. The bond between the PVC coating and the

F21-1

Page 146: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

I / "'• .."'•' l"1 ' \ t ' '>• '..i - •.: ;:•: •. K '» :

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P21 POWER, LIGHTING "AND MISCELLANEOUS

conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the plastic.The thickness of the PVC coating shall be a minimum of 0.04 inch (40 mils).A PVC jacketed coupling shall be furnished with each length of conduit. APVC sleeve equal to the O.D. of conduit shall extend 1-1/2 inches from eachend of coupling.

b. Installation:

(1) Raceway shall be installed in the locations shownon the Drawings with due regard to field conditions and the work of othertrades. Raceway system shall be electrically and mechanically completebefore conductors are installed. Bends and offsets shall be smooth andsymmetrical and shall be accomplished with tools designed for the purposeintended. Factory elbows shall be used for all 3/4-inch conduit; bends inlarger sizes of metallic conduit shall be accomplished by field bends orfactory elbows.

(2) Empty conduit terminations not in pullboxes shallbe plugged. Exposed raceway shall be installed perpendicular or parallel tobuilding lines. Conduit shall be supported by 2-hole straps where concealedand one-hole cast clamps elsewhere at intervals specified by the NationalElectrical Code. Conduit shall be terminated with flush couplings at exposedconcrete surfaces. All underground conduits and equipment stub-ups shall bevertical within 1/2 of one degree at floor or ground level penetrations.All surface mounted conduit shall be within 1/2 of one degree of vertical orhorizontal when entering surface mounted outlet, junction or pullboxes.Conduit stubbed up for floor-standing equipment shall be placed in strictaccordance with approved shop drawings. Metallic raceway installed below-grade or in wet locations and in concrete shall be made up with a conductivewaterproof compound applied to threaded joints. Note: An acceptablecompound is Zinc Clads Primer Coatings No. B69A45; HTL-4 by Crouse-Hinds;Kopr Shield by Thomas & Betts; or equal.

(3) Conduit may be cast integral with horizontal andvertical concrete slabs providing one-inch clearance is maintained betweenconduit surface and/or concrete surface. If this clearance cannot bemaintained/ raceway shall be installed exposed below elevated slabs; if slabsare on grade, it shall be thickened to provide three inches of concrete coverbelow the structural slab.

Where a run of concealed PVC conduit becomesexposed/ a transition to rigid steel conduit is required. Such transitionshall be accomplished with a factory elbow or a minimum 3-foot length ofrigid steel conduit both terminating at the exposed concrete surface with aflush coupling. Non-metallic runs piercing concrete walls shall beaccomplished with a short steel nipple terminating with flush couplings.

P21-2

Page 147: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F21 . POWER, LIGHTING AND MISCELLANEOUS

(4) Flexible liquid-tight conduit shall be used forthe connection of equipment such as motors, transformers, pressure switches,subject to vibration or movement during normal operation or servicing. Themaximum length of flexible conduit shall be 18 inches.

Equipment subject to vibration or movement which isnormally provided with wiring leads, such as solenoid valves shall beinstalled with a cast junction box for the make-up of connections. Flexconduits shall be American Btass; Anaconda; Electroflex; or equal.

3. Wire and

a. Material:

(1) Conductors, including ground conductors, shall becopper. Insulation shall bear manufacturer's trademark, type and voltagerating, and conductor size. Wire and cable shall be Anaconda; General Cable;General Electric; Okonite; Triangle; or equal.

(2) Cable assembly and cable testing shall comply withapplicable requirements of IPCEA Publication No. S-66-524, S-61, 402, S-19-81and other relevant IPCEA publications.

(3) Control wire shall be stranded, coated coppermachine tool grade UL, Type MTW. Conductors No. 14 and larger shall have3/64-thick insulation. Wire shall be rated at 600 volts at 60°C in wetlocations.

b. Installation;

(1) Conductors shall not be pulled into- raceway until:

(a) Raceway system has been inspected andapproved by "the Construction Department.

(b) Plastering and concrete have been completedin affected areas.

(c) Raceway system has been freed of moisture anddebris.

(2) Wire in panels, cabinets, and gutters shall beneatly grouped, using nylon tie straps, and fanned out to terminals.

F21-3

Page 148: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F21 ' POWER, LIGHTING AND MISCELLANEOUS

(-3) All conductors shall have THWN insulation, 600-volt. Building wire No. 8 and larger shall be stranded; size 10 and smallershall be solid.

4. Splices and Terminations;

a. Control conductors shall be spliced or terminated only atthe locations indicated on the Drawings and only on terminal strips orterminal lugs of vendor furnished equipment. For the purposes of thisportion of the Specifications, "control conductors" are defined as conductorsoperating at 120-volts or less in circuits that indicate equipment status orthat control the electric energy delivered to a power consuming device.

b. All 120/240-volt and 480-volt branch circuit conductorsmay be spliced in suitable fittings at locations determined by theContractor.

c. Control conductors shall be terminated under terminalscrews with pre-insulated fork tongue lugs, Thomas & Betts RC Series; Burndy;or equal.

d. Splices in 600-volt wire and cable which are not pre-insulated shall be taped with 2 layers, each layer half-lapped, of Scotch No.33 tape; or equal. All such splices in damp or wet locations, or in outdoorpullboxes, shall be protected with a coating of G.E. Glyptol or 3M Scotchkoteor equal.

e. Splices to motor leads in motor terminal boxes shall betaped with varnished cambric tape. This shall be over taped with a hightemperature vinyl tape, by Plymouth, or equal.

5. Conduit Fittings;

a. Fittings shall comply with the same requirements as theraceway with which they will be used. Fittings having a volume less than 100cubic inches for use with rigid steel conduit shall be cast or malleable ofnon-ferrous metal. Such fittings, larger than one inch, shall be "mogulsize". Fittings or boxes larger than 100 cubic inches may be fabricated fromgalvanized sheet metal. Covers of fittings not in "dry* locations shall beclosed with gaskets. Surface mounted cast fittings, housing wiring devicesin outdoor and damp locations, shall have mounting lugs.

b. Insulated bushings shall be molded plastic or malleableiron with insulating ring, shall be 0-Z Type A and B, or equivalent types byThomas & Betts; Steel City; Appleton; Efcor; Gedneyj or equal.

F21-4

Page 149: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F21 POWER, LIGHTING AND MISCELLANEOUS

c. Insulated grounding bushings shall be malleable iron withinsulating ring and with ground lug/ similar and equal to 0-Z Type BL, orequivalent types by T & B; Steel City; Efcor; Gedney; or equal.

d. Erickson couplings shall be used at all points of unionbetween ends of rigid steel conduits which cannot be coupled; running threadsand threadless couplings shall not be used. These shall be Appleton Type EC,3-piece couplings, or equivalent types by T & B; Steel City; Efcor, Gedney;or equal.

e. Liquid-tight fittings shall be Appleton Type ST, orequivalent types by Crouse-Hinds; T & B; Efcor; Gedney; or equal.

f. Hubs, for threaded attachment of steel conduit to sheetmetal enclosures, where required, shall be Appleton Type HUB, or equivalenttypes by T & B; Efcor; Myers Scru-tite; or equal.

g. Transition fittings to mate steel to PVC conduit, and PVCaccess fitting, shall be as furnished or recommended by the manufacturer ofthe PVC conduit.

6. Boxes and Covers;

a. 'Outlet, boxes shall be used as junction boxes whereverpossible. Where separate pullboxes are required, they shall have screwcovers; outdoor boxes shall be galvanized with gasketed covers and threadedhubs. Indoor boxes shall be painted.

(1) Outlet, switch, and junction boxes in damp or wetlocations and elsewhere, if surface-mounted, shall be cast ferrous with zincor cadmium plating and enamel finish and with mounting lugs.

(2) Outlet/ control station, and junction boxes,including covers, in corrosive locations shall be fiber glass reinforced.polyester and shall be furnished with mounting lugs.

b. Covers for cast boxes shall conform to the followingschedule:

(1) Switches at wet locations shall be Crouse-Hinds DS128; or Mackworth Rees Style 3845; or Joy Flexitite; or equal.

(2>- Receptacles at wet locations shall be UL approvedfor weatherproof locations with plug inserted. These shall be Crouse-Hinds;Hubbell; or equal.

P21-5

Page 150: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec . 7 7 7 2

DIVISION F21 POWER, LIGHTING AND MISCELLANEOUS

(3) Receptacles at damp or dry locations shall beGrouse-Hinds DS 23G; Pyle National N-l; or equal.

7. Nameplates;

a. Nameplates shall be fabricated from white-center, black-face laminated plastic engraving stock, formica type ES-1, or equal. Eachshall be fastened securely using fasteners of brass, cadmium plate, orstainless steel, screwed into inserts or tapped holes, as required. Engravedcharacters shall be block style of adequate size to be read easily at adistance of 6 feet with no characters smaller than 1/8-inch high.Abbreviations shall be a minimum.

8. Circuit Breaker Panel 120/240V;

a. Panel shall be dead front, factory assembled, bolt-oncircuit breaker type; interior shall be enclosed in galvanized cabinet,surface-mounted, if not shown or specified otherwise.

b. Interior shall have solderless, anti-turn connectors andshall be constructed so that branch circuit breaker can be replaced withoutdisturbing adjacent units or resorting to field drilling and tapping. Busbars and connecting drops shall be copper or tin-plated aluminum. Neutralbar shall be full-sized and shall have one terminal screw for each branchcircuit; main bus bar shall be full-sized for entire length. Indicatedspaces shall have cross connections for the maximum sized device that can befitted.

The number of circuit breakers and the ampere ratings shall bein accordance with panel schedule as shown. The panelboard shall be Type NABwith 2-pole main breaker and branch circuit breakers with 10,000 AIC (GeneralElectric; Westinghouse Electric Company; Square D; or equal).

9. Transformers — Air Cooled;

The Contractor shall furnish and install lighting and controltransformers as indicated on the Drawings. The transformers shall be aircooled, dry type, and shall conform to the latest applicable NEMA and ANSIstandards. Transformers rated 3 kva and below shall be insulated with 80°Cinsulation; 5 to 25 kva with 115°C insulation.

F21-6

Page 151: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7772

DIVISION F21 ' POWER, LIGHTING AND MISCELLANEOUS

10. Tests, Inspections, Clean-up, and Spares;

a. The Contractor shall, furnish the labor and equipment toperform the testing described herein; testing shall be accomplished in thepresence of the Construction Department and the Department shall encompassthe following:

(1) Constant speed motor system, including automaticstart-up and shut-down.

(2) Lighting system.

(3) Remote and local controls of all motors andsolenoids. Prior to testing of completed systems, or subsystems, theContractor shall adjust float and pressure switches.

(4) Rotation of all motors.

(5) Alarm system.

b. The project will be subject to continual inspectionduring construction, but particular attention will be placed on wireterminations, identification, setting of overload devices, cleanup and recorddrawings.

c. Interior and exterior surfaces shall be cleaned of oil,grease, dirt, plaster, concrete, etc.; surface scratches shall be repaired tomatch factory finishes. Panelboard and starter interiors shall be vacuumedcleaned. Pullboxes interiors shall be free of all dirt and debris. Cleaningreferred to herein .describes the condition of equipment at the time of finalinspection.

- END OF SECTION -

F21-7

Page 152: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION P22 •" MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT

1. General;

a. The work of this Section shall comply with all applicableprovisions for Division F20, Electrical Work, General.

b. This Section sets forth specific requirements for:

(1) Motor control center.

(2) Control devices.

(3) Circuit breakers.

2. Motor Control Center;

a. General; The motor control center shall be furnished asshown on the Drawings in compliance with these Specifications.

Motor control center construction shall be NEMA Class II,Type B. Horizontal bus rating is shown on the drawings. All circuitbreakers shall be molded case type with 22,000 AIC rating minimum. Each unit,shall have an individual door with concealed hinges; doors shall be held shutwith captive screws. The door of each unit having a disconnect device shallbe interlocked so that the door cannot be opened unless the device is in the"off position and so that the unit cannot be energized when the door isopen.

The electrical metering service section and service pullsection shall comply with all requirements of the Los Angels Department ofWater and Power Electrical Service Requirements as last revised.

Motor control center shall be fitted with amanufacturer's nameplate which shall include the NEMA Standard electricalrating data and other pertinent data, including sales order number, date ofmanufacture and place of manufacture.

b. Magnetic Starter Units;

(1) Each full voltage magnetic starter unit shallconsist of a molded case circuit breaker in combination with a full voltage,non-reversing type starter with three overload relays, one in each phase.Circuit breaker shall be a "Motor Circuit Protector" having low level sensingand a preventative to eliminate settings in excess of 1300 percent ofoperable with cover door closed. Overload trip elements shall be ambienttemperature compensated with an external manual reset button. Trip elements

F22-1

Page 153: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P22 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT

shall be installed by the Contractoc to suit the equipment installed.Magnetic starters shall have auxiliary contacts as shown on the Drawings.The combination motor starters shall be drawout-type. Removal of a unitassembly shall be practicable without rear access and without disturbing anyother unit in the motor control center. The circuit breaker shall bepadlockable in the open position.

• (2) Local control devices shall be mountedindependently of the cover door. All starters having automatic control shallhave a local "red" running lamp. The starter for the future 50 HP well,shown in the Drawings shall have a 120V control coil and shall be wired for3-wire control, including start and stop pushbuttons.

3. Control Devices:

a. As indicated elsewhere, it is the intention of thisSpecification that products of the same type shall be of the same make. Thisrequirement applies to control devices; insofar as practical, it applies toequipment manufactured on a production basis and does apply without exceptionto equipment custom fabricated for this project.

(1) Selector Switches; Selector switches shall berated IQ-amperes at 600 volts, shall be heavy-duty, oil-tight, shall have thenumber of positions and poles indicated. They shall be General Electric TypeCR2940U, Square D, Class 9001, Type K, or equal. Each shall have a factory-engraved legend plate, as shown on the Drawings.

(2) Indicating Lights; . Indicating lights shall betransformer push-to-test type, and shall be heavy-duty, oil-tight asspecified above for selector switches. Each shall be nickel-plated withscrewed-on glass prismatic lens approximately one-inch in diameter. Lampsshall be appropriate for the use.

(3) Magnetic Relays; Magnetic relays shall be machinetool type with 115-volt a-c coils and 10-amp contacts, unless notedotherwise. Contacts shall be field convertible. Relays shall be base-mounted to a common mounting channel. All relays shall be Westinghouse TypeARD; Square D Class 8501 Type G; or equal.

(4) Time Delay Relays; Time delay relays shall bepneumatic on-delay or off-delay, or both, with calibrated time range dialadjustable as shown on the Drawings, and shall be Agastat 7000 Series; OmronType ATSS; or equal.

F22-2

Page 154: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 77'

DIVISION F22 ' MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT

(5) Terminal Blocks; Terminal blocks for controlwiring shall be molded type with barriers, rated not less than 600 volts.Crimped eyelets or approved equal shall be used on all stranded control wirewherever wires are terminated on screw terminals. White or other light-colored marking strips, fastened by screws to the molded sections at eachblock, shall be provided for circuit designation. Each connected terminal ofeach block shall have the circuit designation or wire number placed on themarking strip with permanent marking fluid. Sufficient terminal blocks shallbe provided to terminate 25 percent more conductors than are required by thedrawings.

(6) Flow Switch; Flow switch shall be paddle typesuitable for mounting on a 16" vertical pipe, hermetically sealed, PSDT,corrosion resistant with rating of 5 amp at 120V (through the use of relays)for automatic control of air blower and well pump shut-off. Switch shall be"Delaval", Gems Series FS-550 - "Special Oniflow Pattern" {for vertical pipemounting with liquid flowing upwards), or equal.

4. Enclosure Finish Systems;

a. Engraving; Engraving shall be as shown on the Drawingsor as directed by the Department. Characters shall be uniform block stylenot smaller than 1/S-inch. Nameplates shall be secured using cadmium platedor other corrosion resistant screws. Adhesive alone is not acceptable.

b. Preparation and Finish Systems: Motor control center andpanel enclosures shall be prepared and finished in strict accordance with thefollowing standard and/or special requirements.

(1) Outdoor Raintight Assemblies (NEMA 3) ; Outdoorraintight and dusttight assemblies (NEMA 3) shall be prepared and finishedwith a system which is suitable for an outdoor application.

The average dry film thickness of the preparationand finish system shall be not less than 5 mils for a baked system of 7.5mils for an air-dry system. Final finish of each outer enclosure shall bemanufacturers' standard finish system.

(2) Preparation and Finish Data Submittal: Shopdrawings shall show compliance with all of the above requirements. In thecase of the raintight enclosures, a complete list of materials, bymanufacturer's name, product identification and description, and adescription of methods, shall be included with the shop drawings.

F22-3

Page 155: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F22 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT

(3) Damage; Any marks, scratches, or damage to anyenclosures shall be touched up to the satisfaction of the Department usingpaint of the same type used on the original factory application. Themanufacturer of the motor control centers shall supply a one-quart can ofeach final finish color used on the equipment supplied, and shall includeinstructions for its field application.

c. Factory Tests; Motor control center shall be completed,assembled, wired, and tested at the factory.- All buses and wiring shall begiven a dielectric test in accordance with the latest IEEE and NEMAStandards. Certified test reports shall be submitted to the Departmentbefore shipment, for record purposes.

- END OF SECTION -

F22-4

Page 156: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

H000048

Spec. 7772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F23 - ARCHITECTURAL - GENERAL

1. The Requirement; The Contractor shall furnish all labor,tools, supplies, materials, equipment, and all labor necessary to construct,install, perform or otherwise accomplish and complete all architectural andrelated work indicated on the drawings and specified herein, all inaccordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

2. General; Manufactured articles, materials, equipment, andaccessories shall be installed, applied, connected, erected, cleaned,conditioned, and finished in accordance with "Building Code", manufacturer'sspecifications and recommendations, and industry stnadards, unless otherwiseshown or specified.

The provisions of Division F23 shall apply to the followingDivisions as well as to all other architectural and related work except whereotherwise specified or shown:

F24 Metal DoorsF25 Finish HardwareF26 Sheet Metal Work

3. Systems; Whenever a system is shown or specified, the systemshall mean a complete system with all items necessary to provide the system,to make it function and to enforce any warrantees or guarantees of thesystem.

4. Related Work Specified Elsewhere; Related work may bespecified elsewhere in other Divisions and Sections of the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall provide and coordinate all items and work of theproject.

5. Reference Specifications, Codes, and Standards;

a. Codes; All work hereunder shall conform to therequirements of the City of Los Angeles Building Code.

b. Conflicts; In case of conflict between codes, referencestandards, drawings and these Specifications the most stringent requirementsshall govern. All conflicts shall be brought to the attention of theDepartment for clarification and directions prior to ordering or providing anymaterials or labor. The Contractor shall bid the most stringentrequirements.

6. Submittals; Shop drawings and samples are required for allarchitectural products and shall be submitted in accordance with Division Fl.

F23-1

Page 157: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F2.3 ARCHITECTURAL - GENERAL

Shop drawings shall present complete information as to applicablespecifications, quality of product, fabrication and/or erection. Samplesshall present the quality, texture and color of the product.

- END OF SECTION -

F23-2

Page 158: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec . 7 7 7 2

PART F - 'DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISIQILF24 - METAL DOORS

1. General:

a. The Contractor shall furnish and install all metal doorsand related items, complete and operable/ including all finish hardware andall appurtenant work^ all in accordance with the requirements of the ContractDocuments.

b. Codes; All work hereunder shall conform to therequirements of the City of Los Angeles Building Code.

c. Standards; -Products and their installation shall be inaccordance with the following trade standards as applicable:

(1) American National Standards Institute (ANSI).(2) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).(3) National Association of Architectural Metal Mfgrs

(NAAMM).(4) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL).(5) Manufacturer's published recommendations and

Specifications.

d. Shop Drawings; Shop drawings shall show details of theproducts and systems and connections to adjoining materials. Manufacturer'sinstallation instructions and literature shall be submitted in accordancewith Division Fl.

2. Products and Materials;

a. Doors; Metals doors shall be of tubular stile and railconstruction and shall be of full, flush design. Face sheets shall be notless than cold-rolled, stretcher-levelled 18-gage galvanized steel. Alldoors shall "have flush seamless face sheets. Doors shall be rigid and neatin appearance, and shall be free from warpage or buckle. Corner bends shallbe true and straight and shall be of not less than the minimum radius for thegage of metal used. The door top and bottom shall be internally reinforcedby steel .members welded in place. Tops of exterior doors shall be providedwith flush weather tight tops. Door louvers shall be slat type, fay doormanufacturer.

b. Priming and Painting; Doors shall be chemically treatedto ensure maximum paint adhesion and shall have all exposed surfaces paintedwith rust-inhibitive primer after fabrication. Prime coat shall be capableof passing a 120-hour salt spray test in accordance with ANSI/ASTM B 117-73and a 250-hour humidity test in accordance with ASTM D 1735-62 (1980).

F24-1

Page 159: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION P24 METAL DOORS

c. Hardware; Doors and frames shall be reinforced anddrilled or tapped for fully teraplated mortised hardware; and shall bereinforced with plates for surface-mounted hardware, meeting ANSI SeriesA115-82 requirements. Hardware shall be as specified in Division entitled"Finish Hardware," and/or as shown.

d. Manufacturers; Metals doors, shall be Forderer CorniceWorks; Krieger Steel Products Co., Overly Manufacturing Co., Trussbuilt,Inc., or equal.

Doors and transom cores shall be water-resistant honeycomb.

3. Installation and Workmanship

a. Shop Fabrication and Assembly; All metal doors shall beshop fabricated and shop assembled. Temporary stiffeners, spacers, and otheraccessories necessary to facilitate handling and accurate erection shall beprovided. After fabrication, all tool marks and other surface imperfectionsshall be filled and ground smooth.

b. Installation:

(1) Coordination: All work shall be coordinated withappropriate related subcontractors work to assure a proper installation.Field conditions and dimensions shall be verified prior to fabrication.

(2) Workmanship; Doors shall be installed plumb andsquare and level with the frames securely anchored to the adjoiningconstruction. Doors shall operate freely, but not loosely. They shall befree from rattling, while in a closed position. The door clearances shall beplus 3/32-inch or minus 1/32-inch and shall not exceed the manufacturer'sprinted recommendations.

(3) Replacement of Doors; Any door that becomeswarped more than 3/16-inch out-of-plane shall be replaced by the Contractorat its own expense.

c. Finish Hardware;

(1) Installation; Finish hardware shall be inaccordance with hardware manufacturer's standard templates and printedinstructions. Operable parts shall be adjusted for correct function.

(2) Priming and Painting; Hardware, with theexception of prime coated items, shall be removed, tagged, boxed, andreinstalled after finish painting is completed.

- END OF SECTION -

F24-2

Page 160: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS "

DIVISION F25 - FINISH HARDWARE

1. General;

a. The Contractor shall furnish and install all finishhardware and appurtenant work, complete, in accordance with the requirementsof the Contract. The work shall include all fabrication and mountingtemplates as needed for fabricators and for control of application of metalitems.

b. Codes; All work hereunder shall conform to theapplicable requirements of the City of Los Angeles Building Code.

c. Standards; Products and their installation shall be inaccordance with the following trade standards as applicable:

(1) Hardware Institute (DHI): Recommended Procedurefor Processing Hardware Schedules and Templates and Architectural Hardware'Scheduling and Format.

(2) Federal Specifications.

(3) Manufacturer's published recommendations andSpecifications.

(4) Underwriters1 Laboratories, Inc. (UL) requirementsand approvals.

d. Submittalst The Contractor shall submit a completedetailed hardware list and a schedule along with manufacturer's literature oneach item for approval. No hardware shall be delivered until the hardwareschedule has been approved by the Department.

2. Products:

a. Manufacturers; Manufacturer's product names, numbers,and models are given herein for the purpose of indicating the requirementsfor the type, general construction, material, and operation of the specificitem, not with the intention of limiting the item to the manufacturer'slisted product. Substitution of another manufacturer's product that is fullyequivalent in all respects may be made subject to the approval of theDepartment. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to supply detailedand comlete data to the Department as required to facilitate appropriateevaluation of all proposed substitute items.

b. Keying; All locks and cylinders shall be raasterkeyed bythe Department. All lock cylinders shall be construction masterkeyed or

F25-1

Page 161: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F25 - FINISH HARDWARE

provided ' with construction cylinders, and construction keys. Fiveconstruction master keys shall be obtained by the General Contractor of which3 may be retained by the Contractor for use during construction, and theremaining 2 construction keys shall be provided to the Department for hisuse.

c. Hinges; Each door leaf shall be provided with threeheavyweight, stainless steel, 4-1/2 inch (height) ball bearing hinges withflush tips. Width of hinges shall be determined by trim conditions. Hingesshall conform to BHMA No. A 2111 or No. A 5112 (Hager, McKinney, or approvedequal).

d. Overhead Closers; All overhead closers shall be theproduct of one manufacturer. Closers shall have high straight cast-ironcases with rectangular covers, adjustable back-check, and full rack andpinion action. Closers shall have non-critical regulating screws, withseparate screws for closing and latching speeds. Closers shall be spraypainted to match door hardware. Closer attachment to doors shall be with sexbolts only. Closers shall be top-jamb-mounted and furnished with adapterplates for doors under 7-foot 6-inches in height. The Contractor and itshardware supplier shall be responsible to provide the right arm with theclosers. Arms shall be parallel with the closed door whenever possible.Closers shall be LCN, 40-40 series; Sargent 1250 series, or approved equal.

e. Locksets; All locksets shall be mortise type with anti-friction 2-piece latchbolts with a minimum 3/4-inch-throw and 1-inch-throwdead bolts with hardened roller inserts. All locksets shall be provided withsatin chrome plate finish OS 26 D unless specified otherwise.

Lock strikes shall be boxed type of sufficient length andhaving curved lips to protect the jambs. All strikes shall be provided withmetal strike boxes. All locks shall be provided with the same cylinder andkeyway for master keying. They shall be the product of the same manufactureras the locksets unless specified otherwise. Locksets shall be Sargent, 8100series Best docks; Schlage, k-series; Best Locks, or approved equal.

f. Door Holder; Overhead type door holders shall beconcealed type of correct size for door, 90 degree openable unless 180 degreeopening show and allowing for checkmating. Interior doors shall be providedwith overhead stops if wall type stops can not be used and floor stops make atripping hazard. Finish shall be OS 320 unless noted otherwise. Doorholders bhall be FS Type 1164; Glynn-Johnson, 320 series; or approved equal.

g. Hardware Schedule; The hardware schedule is arranged forconvenience of locating hardware and does not preclude in any way therequirements that all necessary hardware shall be furnished and properlyinstalled. Hardware not specifically called out shall be similar to thatrequired for similar uses.

F25-2

Page 162: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

DIVISION F25

0000048Spec. 7772

FINISH HARDWARE

Pair of Doors shall Receive:

Hinges1 Lockset2 Closer2 Overhead Holder1 Threshold2 Hook2 Door Bottom Drip1 Chain Bolt1 Foot Bolt1 Dust Proof Strike1 Set Seals1 Astrogals

8145 LNH

114B66B345B1055-B1056-B5043322 DSN352 DR

as specifiedUS 26Das specifiedas specified

603603626

Sargent

PerakoPerakoPerakoStanleyStanleyBBWPerakoPemko

3. Installation;

a. General; All required items of hardware, includingcylinders for locks, and all fitting, adjusting, and securing of each itemneatly and firmly in place, shall be in perfect working order. Any work lessthan this shall form a basis for corrective measures.

b. Painting; All finish hardware shall be fitted anddismantled before painting work and shall be reinstalled after finishpainting work.

c. Latches and Bolts; Latches and bolts shall be installedto automatically engage in keepers, whether activated by closers or by manualpush. In no case should additional manual pressure be required to engagelatch or bolt in keepers.

" d. Closers and Hinges: Closers and hinges shall becarefully adjusted to operate the doors noiselessly and evenly, and hingesshall be installed so as not to bind. Closers, closer arms, and hold-openarms shall be attached with sex bolts.

e. Protection; Strippable coating or removable tapeprotection or other approved means to prevent any damage or staining ofhardware during construction shall be used. Such protective measures shallbe removed prior to final cleaning for Department's acceptance of project.

- END OF SECTION -

F25-3

Page 163: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7772

PART F - DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION F26 - SHEET METAL WORK

1. General;

a. Reference Standards: Sheet metal work shall be inaccordance with the following reference standards:

(1) Manufacturer's printed recommendations andspecifications

(2) Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning ContractorsNational Association "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" (ASMM)

. (3) The Aluminum Association "Specifications forAluminum Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction"

(4) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

(5) American Welding Society (AWS)

b. Guarantee; All sheet metal work shall be guaranteedagainst defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 2 years fromdate of acceptance of the work by the Department.

2. Submittals:

a. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings showing materials, gages,finishes, layout, jointing, profiles, fasteners, fabrication of specialshapes and method of attachment to adjacent construction shall be submitted inaccordance with Division Pi.

b. Manufacturers Literature; Manufacturers literature onprefabricated items, sealants, indicating materials finish construction, andmethod of installation shall be submitted in accordance with Division Fl.

3. Products:

a. Aluminum; Aluminum shall be 0.032-inch minimum thicknessand shall conform to ASTM B209, alloy 3003-HI4, with dark bronze anodizedfinish AA-C22A42. Thickness of aluminum to be welded shall be as necessaryfor welding method being used.

b. Fasteners; Fastening devices shall be of the samematerial as the sheet metal being used or corrosion-resistant metalcompatible with sheet metal being used. Fasteners exposed to the weathershall have neoprene washers. Washers shall be 0.04-in minimum thickness. A

P26-1

Page 164: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F26 SHEET METAL WORK

rubber-type washer shall be used beneath the aluminum washer or fastener headwhere weathertightness is required.

c. Primer coat shall conform to FS TT-P-641 Type II.

4. Fabrication; Wall louvers shall be extruded aluminum louversconforming to ASMM Plate 106. Louvers and screens shall have dark bronzeanodized finish. Louvers shall be provided with 1/8-inch by 1/8-inch meshbird screen and frame. Screen units shall be removable.

5. Execution:

a. Standards; All work shall conform to referencestandards. Sheet metal shall provide a weathertight assembly.

b. Workmanship; Sheet metal work shall be accurately formedto dimensions and shapes shown. Work shall be fitted snugly, with straight,true lines with exposed faces aligned in proper plane, free from waves andbuckles. Arises and angles shall have true and sharp lines, and surfacesshall be free from waves and buckles. All exposed edges shall be hemmed.Holes for fasteners within sheet metal work exposed to temperature changesshall be elongated holes for material expansion and movement.

c. Installation; All sheet metal work shall be furnishedcomplete with supports, anchors, and other devices as required forreinforcement and proper attachment to adjacent construction. Fasteningsshall be concealed wherever possible. Joints, fastenings, reinforcements andsupports shall be sized and located as required to preclude distortion ordisplacement due to thermal expansion and contraction. All surfaces uponwhich sheet metal is to be placed shall be dry, smooth, even, and free ofsmall projections and hollows. Sheet metal shall be laid with all jointstrue and even and firmly attached with all fastener heads flush with the topsurface.

d. Dissimilar Materials; Dissimilar materials shall beisolated with 2 coats of asphaltic paint, asphaltic coating compound, orsealer tape. Only stainless steel fasteners shall be used to connectisolated dissimilar metals.

e. Expansion Joints; Joints shall be sized and spaced topermit sheet movement for thermal expansion and contraction of 1/4-inch per10-ft length, on 100°F temperature difference.

- END OF SECTION -

F26-2

Page 165: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048

Spec. 7 7 7 2

PART F - DIVISION F27

GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1. General Project Scope;

a. Description; The Contractor shall furnish an emissionscontrol facility consisting of all equipment necessary to remove volatileorganic compounds (VOC) from an airstream by granular activated carbonadsorption. The. source of the airstreara is an aeration facility utilizingair stripping to remove VOCs from contaminated groundvater. TheContractor shall provide two granular activated carbon contactorsoperating in parallel. The airstream influent to the contactors shall beheated to lover- the relative humidity, in turn increasing the activatedcarbon capacity to adsorb VOCs from the airstream.

b. Location; The emissions facility shall be located andoriented as shown in the site plan and layout plan in the Drawings.

c. Major Project Components; Major project components areprocess equipment (blower, heater, carbon contactors, etc.), granularactivated carbon, instrumentation and controls, and ducting. Foundationdesign and construction shall be coordinated to meet the requirements asspecified by the manufacturers or suppliers of equipment, instrumentation,and controls. All engineering, installation supervision, materials, andequipment, shall be provided. Startup operation shall also be provided.

d. Performance Guarantee; A performance guarantee shallbe required. Performance criteria and criteria for determining acceptanceare given in Division F27.3.

e. Operations and Maintenance Manual; Six complete setsof operations and maintenance manuals shall be provided.

f. Applicable Divisions; The divisions of thisperformance specification pertaining to the emissions control system arethe following:

Division Title

F27 General Project DescriptionF28 Process ControlF29 Contactor and InternalsF30 Major EquipmentF31 Instrumentation

F27-1

Page 166: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

.DIVISION F27

Spec. 7772

GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION

g. Permits: The Contractor shall obtain all permits forconstruction of the emissions control facility required by the City of LosAngeles Department of Building and Safety.

2. Process Design Critera;

a. The air flov rate shall be 8020 standard cubic feet perminute.

b. The anticipated airstream temperaturedegrees Celsius coming from the aeration facilitytemperature of 14.5 degrees Celsius.

range is 9 to 20with a typical

c. The anticipated relative100X coming from the aeration facility.

humidity of the airstream is

d. The gage air pressure coming from the aeration, facilityis anticipated to be at 0.0 psi at the flanged duct joint serving as thefaceup point between the aeration facility and the emissions controlfacility.

e. The maximum VOC inputs to the emissions control systemfrom the aeration facility are the following:

MaximumInput FromAerationFacility(Ibs/day)Compound

Trichloroethylene (TCE)Perchloroethylene (PCE)BenzeneChloroform1,1-Dichloroethane1,1-DichloroetheneMethylene Chloride1,1,1-Trichloroe thaneTrichlorofluoromethanecis-1,2-Dichloroethene

162.50.020.0.0.0.0.0.

.5,1,2,1.5.5

0.2

The actual VOC inputs from the aeration facility during operation may beless than the indicated maximums.

F27-2

Page 167: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F27 GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION

3. Performance Criteria;

a. VOC Emissions; The VOC emissions from the emissionscontrol facility shall not exceed the following:

MaximumEmissions

Compound (Ibs/day)

Total VOC's 2.0Benzene 0.02Chloroform . 0.51,1-Dichloroethene 0.2

Acceptance of the performance shall be determined byair phase samples taken by the Department after tvo weeks of continuousoperation and after sixty days of continuous operation. Samples will betaken at the air inlet to the blower and at the effluent of eachindividual contactor. These samples vill be analyzed at the Department'sexpense by a suitable laboratory chosen by the Department. The Contractormay take an additional set of samples for analysis at his discretion, atno cost to the Department.

In the event that the performance criteria is not metat either of the two sampling dates, the Contractor shall modify orreplace, at no cost to the Department, all or part of the emissionscontrol facility in order to meet the performance criteria.

b. Relative Humidity; Before air enters the activatedcarbon contactors, it shallBeheated to reduce the airstream relativehumidity to a typical operating relative humidity of 50 percent. Inaddition, the heater and its controls shall permit the Department toselect output relative humidities ranging from 40 to 100 percent. Theheating system and its controls are-further specified in Division F30.3.

Acceptance of performance shall be determined byrelative'humidity measurements taken by the Department after two weeks ofcontinuous operation. Test criteria shall be to reduce the airstreamrelative humidity to 40 percent and maintain it within between 36 and 44percent relative humidity for one hour.

In the event that the performance criteria is not met,the contractor shall modify or replace, at no cost to the Department, allor part of the heating system in order to produce an operating systemmeeting the performance criteria.

c. Carbon Changeout; In accordance with Division F27.3.a,the activiated carbon changeoutshall be required when any one or anycombination of the said emissions conditions are reached or exceeded. Theminimum activated carbon changeout period under the VOC input conditions

F27-3

Page 168: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F27 GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION

of Division F27.2.e shall not be less than ninety days of operation. TheContractor shall submit data and calculations, used to determine thechangeout period, for approval by the Department in accordance withDivision Fl.

In the event that carbon changeout is required in lessthan ninety days of operation, the contractor shall modify or replace, atno cost to the Department, all or part of the carbon contactor system,including the activated carbon, in order to produce an operating systemmeeting the performance criteria.

4. Installation;

a. The Contractor shall coordinate with the manufacturerto ensure that the manufacturer's installation requirements are met inregard to the area for the emissions control system, including theconcrete foundation pad requirements.

b. The Contractor shall provide and install all necessaryequipment, materials, and components required for proper operation of theemissions control system.

c. A manufacturer's representative shall be on-site toprovide assistance and supervision of installation:

(1) a minimum of two days during assembly

(2) a minimum of one day during the time the activatedcarbon is loaded into the contactors

(3) a minimum of two days during system startup andbalancing.

The manufacturer's representative shall certify that the equipment hasbeen properly installed prior to startup.

5. Painting and Coating; Painting and coating shall be inaccordance wiTRthe appropriate painting system schedules given inDivision FS'and color scheme given in Division FS.l.b.

6. Shop Drawings; Shop drawings shall be submitted forapproval in accordance with Division Fl.

7. Startup; Startup shall not proceed until after theDepartment has submitted and received approval from the South Coast AirQuality Management District of a plan for minimizing the release of carbonparticles during spent carbon replacement. The Department will beresponsible for preparing and submitting this plan.

- END OF SECTION -

F27-4

Page 169: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

PART F - DIVISION. F28

PROCESS CONTROL

1. General; The intent of the process control is to operatethe aeration facility and emissions control facility simultaneously.Except in cases of manual intervention, shutoff of one facility shallcause the other to shut off. During startup, the aeration facility shallbe started first with subsequent startup of the emissions controlfacility.

2. Automatic Control; The Contractor shall design and installa control systemtoproducethe following actions in response to theconditions below (See the Drawings for relay and contact interfacing withthe aeration facility.)?

Condition Action

a. A shutoff signal is (1.) After a 10 to 60 minutereceived from the aeration time delay, shut off thefacility. emissions control

facility blower.

(2.) Immediately shut offthe air stream heater.

(3.) Activate an indicatorlight on the motorcontrol center panelshowing that shutoffwas initiated by theaeration facility.

b. The emissions controlfacility blower shutsoff.

The air stream heatershuts off.

(1.) Send a shutoff signalto the aeration facility.

(2.) Activate an indicatorlight on the motorcontrol center panelshowing that shutoffwas initiated by theemissions controlfacility.

(3.) Immediately shut off theair stream heater.

(1.) Send a shut off signal tothe aeration facility.

F28-1

Page 170: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

DIVISION F28

Spec. 7772

PROCESS CONTROL

(2.) Activate an indicatorlight on the motorcontrol center panelshowing that shut off wasinitiated by theemissions controlfacility.

(3.) After a 10 to 60 minutetime delay, shut off theemissions controlfacility blower.

d. A start signal is received (1.) Start the emissionsfrom the aeration control facility blower,facility.

(2.) Start the air streamheater.

3. Manual Override; Manual override for startup and shutoffshall be providedfor boththe emissions control facility blower and theairstream heater.

4. Time Delay on the Airstream Heater: A variable 10 to 60minute delay control shall preventtheairstream heater from starting upuntil after the blower has been in operation. The intent of thisprovision is to clear any carbon dust from the airstream heater andadjacent duct before the heater starts up.

5. Time Delay on Emissions Control Facility Blower Shut Off;A variable 10 to 60minutedelaycontrol shall permit blower operationafter airstream heater shut off. The intent of this provision is tocontinue to cool the heater coils after heater shut off.

6. Automatic Airflowdamper (specified

Damper; A motor activated airflowin Division F30.6), shall open when the Emissions

Control Facility blower turns on and close when that blower is off. Theintent of this provision is to minimize the possibility of carbon dustaccumulating on the airstream heater coils during carbon changeout.

-END OF SECTION-

F28-2

Page 171: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

PART F - DIVISION F29

CONTACTOR AND INTERNALS

Spec. 7 7 7 2

0000048

1. General; Activated carbon contactors with granularactivated carbon and internal equipment shall be provided.

2. Carbon Configuration;

a. The activated carbon shall be placed in the contactorso that air flows from the bottom of the carbon bed to the top.

b. The face velocity through the activated carbon bedshall be 55 feet per minute. (Face velocity is the air velocity throughan empty contactor vessel for the same air flow rate as the contactor withthe activated carbon loaded in it.) Lower face velocities are permissibleif 'it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Department that they arenecessary to meet the performance criteria of Division F27.3.

3. Carbon Contactor;

a. ASTH Standard; Construction of activated carboncontactors shall be in accordance with ASTM Designation D-3299.

b. Fiber glass activated carbon contactors shall beconstructed using the filament winding method for highest circumferentialstrength, with a 100-mil resin rich layer of bisphenol-A fumaratepolyester resin on the interior surface and an isophthalic polyester resinmat on the exterior surface not less than 20 mils in thickness. Tanksshall have 1-1/2 inch radius sidewall knuckles, and the allowable strainlevel of the tank laminate shall not exceed 0.0010 inches/inch. Tanksidewall thickness shall have a continuous taper not made of steppedthickness courses. Flanged nozzles shall be conically gussetted withminimum strength requirements of 1500 ft Ibs of bending and 200 ft Ibs oftorque and suitable for connection to PVC pipe. 40-50 Durometer 1/8-inchthick full face gaskets shall be used.

c. Seismic design shall be in accordance with DivisionF29.4.

<*• Cut -Vails; All cut-walls shall be reinforced asrequired by ASTH D-3

e. Carbon Support System; The support system for thecarbon beds shall be as recommended by the carbon supplier and approved bythe Department. The vessel walls, as designed, may not be used totransfer vertical loads to the foundations or vertically support anyportion of the carbon support system. If the vessel vails are used inconjunction with the support system, the Contractor shall redesign thevessel walls in full accordance with the adsorber vessel drawings andspecifications, to be approved by the Department. The support systemshall be removable and may be a system of removable columns, grating, andangles or equal. All components of the support system shall beconstructed of materials resistant to the service conditions specified.

F29-1

Page 172: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7 7 7 2

F29 CONTACTOR AND INTERNALS

f. Air Passage; The air flow head loss through thesupport system shall not exceed 0.002 inches water column per foot supportdepth at 50 fpm superficial air velocity.

g. Sample Probes; Each adsorption system shall have three1-1/2 inch diameter sample ports which extend into the carbon bed 6 inchesminimum. The ports shall be adequate to provide suitable extraction ofcarbon samples from the carbon bed. The ports shall be equally spacedalong the depth of the activated carbon bed, so as to divide the depthinto four equal parts. Ports shall extend outside the vessel wall and beblocked off with a ball valve. Probes and ball valve shall be of CPVCconstruction.

h. Static Grounding of Carbon Bed; Provisions shall beincluded to adequately ground the carbon bed.The Contractor shall submitcalculations in accordance with Division Fl to demonstrate that the carbonbed will be adequately grounded.

4. Seismic Considerations; The carbon contactors, anchorage,and foundation shall be designedin accordance with the Los Angeles CityBuilding Code using an importance factor of 1.5, K » 2.0, and shall be inaccordance with the findings and recommendations of geotechnical reportreferenced in Division F2.1.C. Foundation design and earthwork shall bein accordance with Division F2. The materials, design, fabrication anderection of the emissions control system shall be in accordance with theCity of Los Angeles Building Code.

5. Foundation and Earthwork:

a. Foundation; The minimum foundation for the emissionscontrol facility shall consist of a six-inches-thick concrete slab usingnumber three reinforcement bars at 12-inch spacing in each direction. TheContractor shall be responsible for increasing the foundation strengthand/or thickness where necessary. The Contractor shall adhere to concretespecifications of Division F6 and reinforcement steel specifications ofDivision F7.

b. Earthwork; Earthwork shall be in accordance withDivision F2. The Contractor shall submit a final foundation design to theDepartment "for approval in accordance with Division Fl.

6. Activated Carbon; The activated carbon provided shall bevirgin granular, derived frombituminous coal, vapor-phase type BPL, asmanufactured by Calgon Carbon Corporation or equal, suitable for controlof volatile organics. Sufficient activated carbon shall be provided tofill the adsorbers to a minimum bed depth three feet. A minimum of 14,000pounds of activated carbon is required. In any event, the Contractorshall be responsible for both designing the system and providingsufficient activated carbon to meet the performance criteria given inDivision F27.3.

F29-2

Page 173: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

DIVISION F29

Spec. 7 7 7 2

CONTACTOR AN

In addition, the activated carbon shall meet the following specifications:

CCl Number, % By Weight (minimum)(per ASTM D-3467)

ASH, Maximum, %

Iodine Number, Minimum

Mean Particle Diameter, Minimum

Apparent Density*

Hardness Number, Minimum

Mo i s ture, Max imum**

Maximum Head Loss (V..C.) @ 50 fpmLinear Velocity (through a densepacked bed)***

60

8

1000

3.6 mm

0.48 g/cc, Minimum

95

2%

1.9" V.C./Ft. Bed Depth

* As determined by ASTM D-2862 on a dry basis.

** Calculated on a total product basis.

*** Dense packing as defined by procedure for apparent densitydetermination where a glass 100 milliliter graduated cylinder isfilled through a funnel with 15/16 inches inside diameter stem ata uniform rate of not exceeding 1 milliliter per second.Pressure drop is measured across a 3-foot deep carbon bed, atleast 5 inches in diameter.

Testing criteria to determine whether the activatedcarbon meets the specifications shall be as follows: A two-pound sampleof the activated carbon lot to be loaded into the activated carboncontactors shall be sent for testing and approval by the Department beforedelivery. A second two-pound sample of activated carbon shall be taken,for test'ing and approval by the Department, from the activated carbon loaddelivered to the jobsite. The activated carbon shall be loaded into thecarbon contactors only after this second sample has been tested andapproved. Tests shall be conducted at a laboratory chosen at theDepartment's discretion and shall be conducted at the Department'sexpense.

In the event that the activated carbon does not meetthe specifications, the Contractor shall replace the activated carbon, atno cost to the Department, with an activated carbon which does meet theperformance criteria.

7. Manways;

a. Two 24-inch diameter hinged manways shall be providedon each activated carbon contactor. They shall be positioned on the

F29-3

Page 174: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

; r :' Spec . 7 7 7 2

DIVISION F29 CONTACTOR AND INTERNALS

south-facing side of each contactor. The intent of the positioning is toprovide easy access to the manways by truck-mounted equipment used forcarbon changeout.

b. On each activated carbon contactor, one manvay shall belocated on the top of the activated carbon contactor in such a way thatopening the manway will not cause the carbon to spill out of it.

The intent of the top manway is for quick loading andremoval of the activated carbon. The other manway shall be located onefoot above the bottom of the activated carbon bed. The intent of thismanway is to provide an alternate means to unload the activated carbon.

c. Handles shall be provided on each manway cover tofacilitate easy opening and closing.

d. Gasket seals shall be used to prevent air from escapingfrom the contactors.while the manways are closed.

8. Inlet Air Distribution;

a. Inlet duct sizes shall be sufficient for a maximum airvelocity of 20 feet per second.

b. Inlet nozzles shall direct air downward in order topromote more even air distribution into the bottom of the carbon bed.

c. The Contractor shall submit designs and shop drawings,in accordance with Division Fl, demonstrating the ability of the air inletsystem to distribute air uniformly at the bottom of the carbon bed.

- END OF SECTION -

F29-4

Page 175: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

noooo48

Spec . 7772

PART F - DIVISION F30

MAJOR'EQUIPMENT

Major equipment included in this

1. General;

a. Major Equipment;Division are as follows:

BlowerAir Stream HeaterDuctingAir Flow Dampers

b. Equipment in this Division shall be constructed ofmaterials resistant to corrosion under the airstream . environment ofDivision F27.2.

c. Equipment in this Division shall be constructed foroutdoor operation and shall adhere to the provisions of Division F20, F21,and F22, where applicable.

2. Blower; The blower shall be in a forced-air configurationwith respect to the airstream heater of Division F30.3 and the activatedcarbon contactors of Division F29.

a. The blower shall be complete with motor, adjustablemotor base, belt guard, inlet guard, vibration isolators, controls, andaccessories.

b. The blower shall be of the airfoil bladed type,centrifugal fan, single inlet, non-overloading and heavy duty. Thebearings shall be of the anti-friction type, rated for a minimum B-10 lifeof 100,000 hours. The wheel speed shall be that recommended by themanufacturer for minimizing noise.

The blower and blower drive shall produce noise levels notto exceed 80 decibels in all directions from the input and 10 feet away,when measured with a standard sound level meter on the "A" scale and slowresponse. If only components of a complete unit can be measured, then thesame requirements apply to each component except that the distance isreduced to 6 feet.

c. The blower shall be of sufficient power and capacity toprovide 8020 cubic feet per minute air flow at the emissions controlsystem duct outlet at the top of the aeration facility.

d. The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting thepower supply requirements and restrictions as shown in the Drawings.

F30-1

Page 176: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F30 ' MAJOR EQUIPMENT

e. The blower motor, motor starter and associatedelectrical components shall conform to the provisions of Division F15.

f. The blower shall be constructed of materials resistantto corrosion in the airstream environment described in Division F27.2.

3. Airstream Heater; The intent for the airstreara heater is toreduce the relative humidity in the airstream, in accordance with DivisionF27.3.b, before it enters the activated carbon contactors.

a. The airstream heater shall be electric. Refer to theDrawings for power supply provisions.

b. The airstream heater shall be placed at the outlet sideof the emissions control system blower.

c. Maximum Heating Element Sheath Temperature; Theheating elements shall beenclosedwithinfinnedtubular sheaths. Themaximum sheath temperature shall not exceed 650°F. The intent of thistemperature limitation is to prevent combustion of carbon dust that mayaccumulate on the heating element sheaths.

Heating elements shall be individually replaceable in theevent of heater failure.

d. The airstream heater shall be provided with sufficientprotection against

(1) overtemperature conditions

(2) overcurrent conditions

(3) air flow below the minimum required by themanufacturer for safe operation.

e. Manual control, in the form of a graduated dial, shallpermit the.Department to vary the temperature from 60 to 100 degreesFahrenheit; however, the Contractor is responsible for providing a widertemperature range where necessary to meet the relative humidityrequirements of Division F27.3.d during operation. Feedback control shallbe provided to maintain the temperature at any setting shown on thegraduated dial. In accordance -with Division Fl, the contractor shallsubmit, for approval by the Department, the heater control design as wellas data and calculations used for determining the power rating for theheater. The Contractor shall also submit calculations, in accordance withDivision Fl, demonstrating that sufficient heating elements have beenprovided to transfer the required heat to the airstream.

f. Power to the airstream heater shall be feedbackcontrolled based on the temperature of the airstream exiting the heater.The feedback control shall be compatible with the sensing equipment inDivision F31.3. The Contractor shall submit plans for the heater feedbackcontrol for approval by the Department in accordance with Division Fl.

F30-2

Page 177: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

si

DIVISION F30 MAJOR EQUIPMENT

g. Controls Enclosure; Airstream heater controls shall beenclosed in a NEMA 3R enclosure.

h. Protection for Ducting: Duct transitions shall be usedto protect ducting from excessive heat due to the airstream heater.

4. Ducting;

a. The blower inlet ducting and the activated carboncontactor outlet ducting required for the emissions control facility shallbe connected to the ducting of the aeration facility according tospecifications given in the Drawings. The minimum ducting size shall be30 inches in diameter.

b. Ducting shall be constructed of material resistant tocorrosion or deterioration under conditions of air saturated with watervapor.

c. Taps for releasing trapped water shall be installed atlow points in the blower inlet duct and at low points in the activatedcarbon contactor outlet duct.

5. Air Flow Dampers: Hand operated air flow dampers shall beinstalled at the following locations in order to balance air flows intothe contactors and between the blowers of the emissions control facilityand the aeration control facility, respectively:

a. the inlet side of the emissions control facility blower

b. the outlets of each of the activated carbon contactors.

The air flow dampers shall be positioned so as to minimize disturbance toair flow around sensing probes or air sampling ports as described inDivision F31.

6. Motor-Actuated Airflow Damper; A motor-actuated dampershall be placed downstream of the airstream heater before the airstream issplit to the two activated carbon contactors. Operation shall be fromfully closed to fully opened and vice versa. Controls are specified inDivision F28.6

A permanently-attached handwheel shall be provided for emergencymanual operation. The handwheel shall not rotate during electricaloperation. The handwheel shall form an integral part of the mechanism.To place the operator in manual operation, a lever shall be used tomechanically disconnect the motor drive from the gear train. Theoperation shall return automatically to motor operation as the motorcontrol is energized. The maximum torque required on the handvheel underthe most adverse conditions specified herein shall not exceed 60 Ib-ft,

F30-3

Page 178: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772-V^;.-'''' DIVISION F30 MAJOR EQUIPMENT.

and the" maximum force required on the rim of the handvheel shall notexceed 60 Ibs. An arrow and either the word "open" or "close" shall becast on the handwheel to indicate the direction to turn said handwheel.

- END OF SECTION -

F30-4

Page 179: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

0000048Spec. 7 7 7 2

PART F - DIVISION F31

INSTRUMENTATION

1. General;

a. Purpose; The purpose of the instrumentation is tomeasure the following parameters:

(1) air velocity,(2) static pressure,(3) differential pressure,(4) temperature,(5) relative humidity.

Measuring these parameters is necessary to monitor facilityoperations. In addition, air sampling ports will allov gas samples to betaken for analysis.

b. Installation of sensing probes measuring equipment andreadout equipment shall include all tubing, pipes, wiring and otherequipment necessary for instrument operation.

c. All probes, sensors, pi tot tubes, meters, gages orother equipment, shall be installed according to manufacturer'sinstructions and shall be suitable for operation in an outdoorenvironment.

d. All meters, dials,, gages, or other instrument readoutequipment shall be located for easy access by maintenance personnelwithout the need for ladders or other climbing equipment.

e. All temperature probes, relative humidity probes, orcombinations thereof shall be mounted so as to allow easy probe removalfor maintenance or replacement.

2. Pi tot Tube for Air Velocity Measurements;

a. Pitot tubes shall be installed in the followinglocations:

(1) the main air duct near the inlet to the emissionscontrol facility blower.

(2) the inlet ducts to each of the activated carboncontactors.

F31-1

Page 180: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F31 INSTRUMENTATION

b. Readings from the pi tot tubes shall be by dial-typedifferential pressure gages calibrated to read air velocity in feet persecond. - The pressure gage rating shall be that required to read therespective expected air velocities at mid-scale with a reading accuracy of5 percent of full-scale.

3. Temperature and Relative Humidity Sensors:

a. Temperature probes shall be located as follows:

(1) in the inlet duct going to the emissions controlfacility blower.

(2) in the outlet duct, tvo duct diameters downstreamfrom where the individual activated carbon contactor outlet ducts combineinto a single duct.

b. A combination temperature/relative-humidity probe shallbe located in the outlet duct from the airstream heater at a sufficientdistance from the heater for the airstream to come to a uniformtemperature.

c. The sensing instrumentation shall provide a separatechannel for each probe. Output from the instrumentation shall be a A to20 HA signal, linear with respect to temperature and relative humidity.Temperature shall be displayed in degrees Fahrenheit with a minimum rangeof 40° F to 110° F. The channel for the temperature/relative-humidityprobe shall have relative humidity as its primary output and temperatureas its secondary output. Relative humidity shall be displayed as percentwith a range of Q% to 100%. The temperature and the combinationtemperature/relative-humidity probes and the instrumentation shall be ofthe same manufacturer. The instrumentation shall be surface or rackmounted and shall be a Panametrics System I with type H2 probes or equal.

It is intended that the signal 4 to 20 MA signal indicatingtemperature for the probe of Division F31.3.b be used as part of thefeedback control system for the airstream heater as specified in DivisionF30.3.

d. A dual channel circular chart recorder shall beinstalled and connected to the channels reading relative humidity andtemperature, respectively, of Division F31.3.b. The chart recorder shallbe approximately 14" V X 20" H X 6" D and shall be suitable for surface orflush mounting.

The recorder shall be of solid state design with fibertipped servo operated pens. Each channel shall have a different colorpen. The chart drive shall be 7-day. Charts shall be 12-inches indiameter scaled in units of 0 to 100 with time and day markings. A one-year supply of charts and pens shall be furnished. Accuracy shall bewithin + 0.5 percent of span. Input power shall be 120 VAC 60 Hz.

The recorder shall have an indicator scaled in engineeringunits from 0 to 100.

F31-2

Page 181: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

DIVISION F31 INSTRUMENTATION

Circular chart recorders shall be Fisher & Porter1102DB, Bristol Babcock Model 4331, or equal.

e. Signal Isolator; Signal isolators shall have completeisolation of input, output and power input. The signal isolator shallprevent any signal interference from the recorder of Division F31.3.d onthe 4 to 20 MA signal from the temperature signal channel used forairstream heater feedback control. Signal input shall be 4-20 MA into 50ohms maximum; signal output shall be 4-20 MA into 1000 ohms minimum.Power input shall be 120 VAC 60 Hz. Span and zero shall be adjustable;accuracy shall be +0.1 percent of span. Units shall be surface or rackmounted. Signal isolators shall be Moore Industries Model SCT, RochesterInstrument Systems Model. SC-1302-LZ, AGM Electronics TA-4000 or equal.Tag Number FN-101.

f. The sensing instrumentation and chart recorder shall beenclosed in a free-standing NEMA 4 enclosure, located as directed by theDepartment.

4. Differential Pressure for Activated Carbon Contactors!\

a. Taps for differential pressure measurement shall belocated in order to measure air pressure loss across each activated carbonbed.

b. The differential pressure gages shall be rated to readthe expected differential pressure at mid-range on their scales with afull-scale accuracy of 5 percent. Expected pressure loss shall bedetermined from the activated carbon manufacturer's data for the depth ofcarbon beds and superficial air velocities.

5. Static Pressure Gages;

a. Taps for a static pressure gage shall be located on theinlet duct to the emissions control facility blower, upstream of the airflow damper of Division F30.5.

b. Static pressure gage dials shall read the expectedstatic pressure at raid-range on their scales with a full scale accuracy of5 percent.

6. Gas Sampling Ports;

a. Gas sampling ports shall be located as follows:

(1) the inlet duct to the emissions controlfacility blower

(2) each inlet duct to the activated carboncontactors

(3) each outlet duct from the activated carboncontactors.

F31-3

Page 182: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

Spec. 7772

; DIVISION F31 INSTRUMENTATION*;" •' ' *• '' *.' ''

b. Gas sampling ports shall be positioned to alloveasy access by maintenance personnel without the use of ladders or otherclimbing equipment.

c. The gas sampling ports shall consist of Chemtrol,Chemcock valves, or equivalent. The serated hose fitting on the outletside of each valve shall be for a nominal tubing diameter of 1/4 inch.

- END OF SECTION -

James F. WickserPurchasing Agent

APPROVED:

DIME L. GEORGESONAssistant General Manager - Water

F31-4

Page 183: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

CONTRACT.

COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITYADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENTDEPARTMENT OF WATER AND POWER

CITY OF LOS ANGELES

ATTACHMENT TO POLICY NO

Name of Insured:

Address:

City: State:. Zip Code:.

Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached or in any endorse-ment now or hereafter attached thereto, it is agreed as follows:

1 The City of Los Angeles, the Board of Water and Power Commissioners ot the City of Los Angeles, the Departrr.ontof Water and Power, and their officers, agents and employees are insureds thereunder with regard to operationsperformed by or on behalf of the named insured under this contract.

2. Such insurance shall be primary and not contributing with any other insurance maintained by the additionalinsureds.

3. The policy to which this endorsement is attached shall apply separately to each insured against whom clair^ ismade or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the company's liability.

4. The policy to which this endorsement is attached shall not be subject to cancellation, reduction in coverage or non-renewal except after written notice to the City Attorney of the City of Los Angeles by certified mail, return receiptrequested, not less than thirty days to the effective date thereof and addressed as follows:

Office of the City AttorneyWater and Power DivisionCity of Los Angeles111 North Hope StreetLosAngeles, CA 90012 .

5. Types of coverages to which this endorsement is attached are as follows:

EFFECTIVEDATE OFENDORSEMENTTYPE OF COVERAGE

ComprehensiveGeneral Liability

The following relate to the above coverage:

Inclusions: ( ) Premises & Operations( ) Contractural Liability( ) Fire Legal Liability( ) Independent Contractors( ) Products/Completed Operations( ) Broad Form Property Damage( ) Personal Injury

POLICYNUMBER

POLICYPERIOD

LIMITS OFLIABILITY

) Explosion Hazard) Collapse) Underground Hazard) Garage Keeper's Legal Liabihr/) Owned Automobiles) Non-owned Automobiles) Hired Automobiles

page * of 2

Page 184: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT (Continued);

Exclusions:

Extensions/Provisions:

THERE ARE NO DEDUCTIBLES OR SELF INSURED RETENTIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED HEREIN.

($ DEDUCTIBLE (OR SELF-INSURED RETENTION) FOR ,

COVERAGE.)

INSURANCE COMPANY

ADDRESS:

, (print name) hereby declare under penalty of perjury, that

I have the authority to bind the above-named insurance company to this endorsement and by my execution hereof, doso bind said company.

Signature of Authorized Representive(No facsimile signature or initialedsignature accepted)

Executed at on ,19_

Page 185: Specifications for construction of aeration facility ...FORM I 799 "000048 777265. (Adv. Da Mr. Frank R. Cochran, Senior Buyer Phone: (213) A81-4or7- ° SFUNO RECORDS CTR 2166-01654

nooro48